Table of Contents
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark One)	 	
☒	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019	
☐	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the transition period from               to            	
Commission file number: 001‑36711
BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
 (State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)	90‑0776290
 (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)	
15345 Barranca Pkwy
Irvine, CA 92618
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (949) 453-4400
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol	Name of each exchange on which registered	
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value	BOOT	New York Stock Exchange	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well‑known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒  No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐  No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒  No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒  No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non‑accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☒	Accelerated filer ☐	Non‑accelerated filer ☐	Smaller reporting company ☐   	Emerging growth company ☐	
 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑2 of the Act). Yes ☐  No ☒
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the end of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $802.8 million. Shares held by each officer, director and person owning more than 10% of the outstanding voting and non-voting stock have been excluded from this calculation because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates of the registrant. This determination of potential affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. Shares held include shares of which certain of such persons disclaim beneficial ownership.
The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.0001 par value, as of May 22, 2019 was 28,356,159 .
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the 2019 fiscal year, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10‑K.

 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	    	 	    	Page	 	
PART I  	 	 	 	 	 	
Item 1.  	 	Business	 	
3	 	
Item 1A.  	 	Risk Factors	 	
13	 	
Item 1B.  	 	Unresolved Staff Comments	 	
32	 	
Item 2.  	 	Properties	 	
33	 	
Item 3.  	 	Legal Proceedings	 	
33	 	
Item 4.  	 	Mine Safety Disclosures	 	
33	 	
PART II  	 	 	 	 	 	
Item 5.  	 	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	 	
34	 	
Item 6.  	 	Selected Consolidated Financial Data	 	
35	 	
Item 7.  	 	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	 	
39	 	
Item 7A.  	 	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	 	
54	 	
Item 8.  	 	Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	 	
55	 	
Item 9.  	 	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	 	
85	 	
Item 9A.  	 	Controls and Procedures	 	
85	 	
Item 9B.  	 	Other Information	 	
87	 	
PART III  	 	 	 	 	 	
Item 10.  	 	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	 	
88	 	
Item 11.  	 	Executive Compensation	 	
88	 	
Item 12.  	 	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	 	
88	 	
Item 13.  	 	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	 	
88	 	
Item 14.  	 	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	 	
88	 	
PART IV  	 	 	 	 	 	
Item 15.  	 	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	 	
88	 	

Table of Contents

Forward‑Looking Statements
This annual report contains forward‑looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical or current fact included in this annual report are forward‑looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Forward‑looking statements refer to our current expectations and projections relating to, by way of example and without limitation, our financial condition, liquidity, profitability, results of operations, margins, plans, objectives, strategies, future performance, business and industry. You can identify forward‑looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “anticipate”, “estimate”, “expect”, “project”, “plan”, “intend”, “believe”, “may”, “might”, “will”, “could”, “should”, “can have”, “likely” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events, but not all forward‑looking statements contain these identifying words. For example, all statements we make relating to our estimated and projected earnings, revenues, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results, our plans and objectives for future operations, growth or initiatives, strategies or the expected outcome or impact of pending or threatened litigation are forward‑looking statements. We believe the risks attending any forward‑looking statements include, but are not limited to, those described under “Risk Factors” and include, among other things:

	·		risks related to levels of consumer spending and economic conditions;	
	·		risks related to our ability to maintain and enhance a strong brand image and compete effectively;	
	·		risks related to conditions in the foreign countries in which our products are manufactured and other risks of international trade;	
	·		risks related to our growth, including opening new stores in new and existing geographic markets;	
	·		risks related to our distribution model;	
	·		risks related to our dependence on third‑party suppliers;	
	·		risks related to our exclusive product offerings;	
	·		risks related to retention of our key executive management and other talent required for our business, as well as costs related to wage and benefits;	
	·		risks related to our indebtedness;	
	·		risks related to our management information systems;	
	·		risks relating to our e‑commerce business;	
	·		risks relating to the seasonality of our business;	
	·		risks relating to celebrity endorsements of our products;	
	·		risks related to intellectual property; and	
	·		litigation costs and the outcomes of litigation.	
We derive many of our forward‑looking statements from our current operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very

1

Table of Contents
difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. For these reasons, we caution readers not to place undue reliance on these forward‑looking statements.
See “Risk Factors” for a more complete discussion of the risks and uncertainties mentioned above and for a discussion of other risks and uncertainties. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward‑looking statements we may make. All forward‑looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements as well as others made in this annual report and in our other Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings and public communications. You should evaluate all forward‑looking statements made by us in the context of these risks and uncertainties.
We caution you that the risks and uncertainties identified by us may not be all of the factors that are important to you. Furthermore, the forward‑looking statements included in this annual report are made only as of the date hereof. Our forward‑looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments that we may make. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward‑looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.
Fiscal Year
We operate on a fiscal calendar that results in a 52‑ or 53‑week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of March unless April 1st is a Saturday, in which case the fiscal year ends on April 1st. In a 52‑week fiscal year, each quarter includes thirteen weeks of operations; in a 53‑week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include thirteen weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes fourteen weeks of operations. The data presented contains references to fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2017, which represent our fiscal years ended March 30, 2019, March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively. Fiscal 2019 was a 52-week period, fiscal 2018 was a 52-week period and fiscal 2017 was a 53-week period.

2

Table of Contents

PART  I
Item 1.  Busines  s.
Our Company
We are the largest lifestyle retail chain devoted to western and work‑related footwear, apparel and accessories in the United States. With 240 stores in 33 states as of March 30, 2019, we have approximately three times as many stores as our nearest direct competitor that sells primarily western and work wear, and believe we have the potential to double our domestic store base. Our stores, which are typically freestanding or located in strip centers, average 10,600 selling square feet and feature a comprehensive assortment of brands and styles, coupled with attentive, knowledgeable store associates. We target a broad and growing demographic, ranging from passionate western and country enthusiasts to workers seeking dependable, high‑quality footwear and apparel. We strive to offer an authentic, one‑stop shopping experience that fulfills the everyday lifestyle needs of our customers and, as a result, many of our customers make purchases in both the western and work wear sections of our stores. Our store environment, product offering and marketing materials represent the aesthetics of the true American West, country music and rugged, outdoor work. These threads are woven together in our motto, “Be True”, which communicates the genuine and enduring spirit of the Boot Barn brand.
Our product offering is anchored by an extensive selection of western and work boots and is complemented by a wide assortment of coordinating apparel and accessories. Many of the items that we offer are basics or necessities for our customers’ daily lives and typically represent enduring styles that are not meaningfully impacted by changing fashion trends. Accordingly, approximately 70% of our store inventory is kept in stock through automated replenishment programs. The vast majority of our merchandise in stores, on bootbarn.com and countryoutfitter.com is sold at full price and is not subject to typical inventory markdowns. Sheplers E-commerce, defined below, is more promotional and offers a greater assortment of products at discounted prices. Our boot selection, which comprises approximately one‑third of each store’s selling square footage space, is merchandised on self‑service fixtures with western boots arranged by size and work boots arranged by style and function. This allows us to display the full breadth of our inventory and deliver a convenient shopping experience. We also carry market‑leading assortments of denim, western shirts, cowboy hats, belts and belt buckles, western‑style jewelry and accessories. Our western assortment includes many of the industry’s most sought‑after brands, such as Ariat ,   Dan Post ,   Justin ,   Lucchese ,   Miss Me ,   Montana Silversmiths ,   Stetson,   Resistol and Wrangler . Our work assortment includes rugged footwear, outerwear, overalls, denim and shirts for the most physically demanding jobs where durability, performance and protection matter, including safety‑toe boots and flame‑resistant and high‑visibility clothing. Among the top work brands sold in our stores are Carhartt ,   Georgia Boot ,   Timberland Pro and Wolverine . Our merchandise is also available on our e‑commerce websites.
Boot Barn was founded in 1978 and, over the past 41 years, has grown both organically and through successful strategic acquisitions of competing chains. We have rebranded and remerchandised the acquired chains under the Boot Barn banner. We believe that our business model and scale provide us with competitive advantages that have contributed to our consistent and strong financial performance, generating sufficient cash flow to support national growth.
Recent Acquisitions
Sheplers Acquisition
On June 29, 2015, we acquired Sheplers, Inc. and Sheplers Holding Corporation (collectively with Sheplers, Inc. “Sheplers”), a western lifestyle company with 25 retail locations across the United States and an e-commerce business. We refer to the acquisition as the “Sheplers Acquisition”. We financed the Sheplers Acquisition with borrowings under a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility for which Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is agent (the “June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver”), and a syndicated senior secured term loan for which GCI Capital Markets LLC is agent (the “2015 Golub Term Loan”). Through the Sheplers Acquisition, we added eight new markets, expanded both our Texas (Dallas and San Antonio) and Denver markets, and greatly increased our omni-channel capabilities as Sheplers had a leading e-commerce platform (“Sheplers E-commerce”). We rebranded 19 of the 25 retail stores acquired through the Sheplers Acquisition, and closed the remaining six stores during fiscal 2016. 

3

Table of Contents

Country Outfitter Asset Acquisition
On February 16, 2017, we acquired all rights and interest in the www.countryoutfitter.com website and tradename, along with the associated social media platforms. We additionally purchased a customer email list and assumed Country Outfitter’s merchandise credits. The Country Outfitter e-commerce website sells primarily country and western fashion merchandise. The Country Outfitter assets were purchased for $1.8 million of cash and assumed liabilities. The Company operates www.countryoutfitter.com as a website separate from its other e-commerce sites.
 
Woods Boots Asset Acquisition
 
On September 11, 2017, we acquired assets from Wood’s Boots, a four-store family-owned retailer with stores in Midland and Odessa, Texas. As part of the transaction, we purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord, offered employment to the Wood’s Boots team at all four store locations and assumed certain customer credits. Based on the fair value analysis of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the inventory was valued at $2.8 million, and the customer credits were valued at less than $0.1 million.
 
Lone Star Western & Casual LLC
On April 24, 2018, Boot Barn, Inc. completed the acquisition of Lone Star Western & Casual LLC (“Lone Star”), an individually owned retail company with three stores in Waxahachie, Corsicana and Athens, Texas. As part of the transaction, Boot Barn, Inc. purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord and offered employment to the Lone Star team at all three store locations. The primary reason for the acquisition of Lone Star was to further   expand the Company’s retail operations in Texas. The cash consideration paid for the acquisition was $4.4 million.
Drysdales, Inc.
On July 3, 2018, Boot Barn, Inc. completed the acquisition of assets from Drysdales, Inc. (“Drysdales”), a retailer with two stores in Tulsa, Oklahoma. As part of the transaction, Boot Barn, Inc. purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord, offered employment to the Drysdales team at both store locations and assumed certain customer credits. The primary reason for the acquisition of Drysdales was to further   expand the Company’s retail operations in Oklahoma. The cash consideration paid was $3.8 million.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and provide a solid foundation for future growth:
Powerful lifestyle brand.  The Boot Barn brand is built on western lifestyle values that are core to American culture. Our deep understanding of this lifestyle enables us to create long‑lasting relationships with our customers who embody these ideals. Our brand is highly visible through our sponsorship of local and national rodeos, stock shows, concerts and country music artists. We sell our products through pop‑up shops at several of the largest events that we sponsor. We believe these grassroots marketing efforts make our brand synonymous with the western lifestyle, validate our brand’s authenticity and establish Boot Barn as the trusted specialty retailer for all of our customers’ everyday needs.
Strong e-commerce positioning .  We offer a compelling shopping experience to our customers, including 240 brick-and-mortar stores combined with our e-commerce websites consisting primarily of bootbarn.com, sheplers.com and countryoutfitter.com. Bootbarn.com offers a compelling every-day low price shopping experience catered towards a lifestyle customer with western roots and a strong work influence. Sheplers.com offers a broad value proposition assortment targeted to a more promotional customer. Countryoutfitter.com has a curated assortment appealing to a more fashion-based country lifestyle customer. Each of our e-commerce sites has distinct brand positioning and provides a differentiated shopping experience to our customers.

4

Table of Contents

Fast growing specialty retailer of western and work wear in the U.S.  Our broad geographic footprint, which currently spans 33 states, provides us with significant economies of scale, enhanced supplier relationships, the ability to recruit and retain high quality store associates and the ability to reinvest in our business at levels that we believe exceed those of our competition.
Loyal customer base.  Our customers come to us for many aspects of their everyday footwear and clothing needs because of the breadth and availability of our product offering. Our customer loyalty program, B Rewarded, enhances our connection and relationship with our customers. Our loyalty program has grown rapidly since its inception in fiscal 2011 and as of March 30, 2019 includes approximately 4.0 million members who have purchased merchandise from us in the last three fiscal years. The majority of our sales are made to these customers. We leverage this database, which provides useful information about our customers, to enhance our marketing activities across our stores and e-commerce websites, refine our merchandising and planning efforts and assist in our selection of sites for new stores.
Differentiated shopping experience.  We deliver a one‑stop shopping experience that engages our customers and, we believe, fulfills their lifestyle needs. Our stores are designed to create an inviting and engaging experience and include prominent storefront signage, a simple and easy‑to‑shop layout and a large and conveniently arranged self‑service selection of boots. We offer significant inventory breadth and depth across a range of boots, apparel and accessories. Additionally, all of our stores are equipped with touch screen devices that allow our customers to access millions of additional boots, apparel and other items from our e-commerce warehouse inventory as well as the inventory at most of our larger third-party vendors. We believe that our strong, long‑lasting supplier relationships enhance our ability to provide a compelling merchandise assortment with a strong in‑stock position both in‑store and online. Our knowledgeable store associates are passionate about our merchandise and deliver a high level of service to our customers. These elements help promote customer loyalty and drive repeat visits.
Compelling merchandise assortment and strategy.  We believe we offer a diverse merchandise assortment that features the most sought‑after western and work wear brands, well‑regarded niche brands and exclusive private brands across a range of merchandise categories including boots, apparel and accessories. We have a core assortment of styles that serves as a foundation for our merchandising strategy and we augment and tailor that assortment by region to cater to local preferences. In fiscal 2019, the vast majority of our merchandise sales in stores, on bootbarn.com and countryoutfitter.com were at full price, which we believe demonstrates the strength of our brand and the less discretionary nature of our product offering. Sheplers E-commerce is more promotional and offers a greater assortment of products at discounted prices.
Portfolio of exclusive private brands.  We have leveraged our scale, merchandising experience and customer knowledge to launch a portfolio of private brands exclusive to us, including Shyanne ,   Cody James ,   Moonshine Spirit by Brad Paisley, Idyllwind Fueled by Miranda Lambert, Hawx, Cody James Work, American Worker, El Dorado and BB Ranch . Our private brands are currently available in stores, on bootbarn.com, sheplers.com and countryoutfitter.com and offer high‑quality western and work boots as well as apparel and accessories for men, ladies and kids. Each of our private brands, which address product and price segments that we believe are underserved by third‑party brands, offers exclusive products to our customers and achieves better merchandise margins than the third-party brands that we carry. Customer receptivity and demand for our private brands have been strong, demonstrated by the increasing penetration of private brands and sales momentum across our store base and e-commerce websites.
Versatile store model with compelling unit economics.  We have successfully opened and currently operate stores that generate strong cash flow, consistent store‑level financial results and an attractive return on investment across a variety of geographies, markets, store sizes and location types. We operate stores in markets characterized as agribusiness centers and ranch regions, and in other various geographies throughout the United States. Our stores are also successful in small, rural towns and major metropolitan areas.
Our new store model requires an average net cash investment of approximately $0.8 million and targets an average payback period of three years. Our lean operating structure, coupled with our strong supplier relationships, has allowed us to grow with minimal supply chain investments as most of our products ship directly from our suppliers to our stores. We believe that our proven retail model and attractive unit economics support our ability to grow our store footprint in both new and existing markets across the U.S.

5

Table of Contents

Highly experienced management team and passionate organization.  Our senior management team has extensive experience across all key retail disciplines and has been instrumental in developing a robust and scalable infrastructure to support our growth. In addition to playing an important role in developing our long‑term growth initiatives, our senior management team embraces the genuine and enduring qualities of the western and work lifestyle and has created a positive culture of enthusiasm and entrepreneurial spirit which is shared by team members throughout our entire organization.
Our Growth Strategies
We are pursuing several strategies to continue our profitable growth, including:
Continuing omni-channel leadership.     Our growing national footprint, social media following and broader marketing efforts drive traffic to our stores and e‑commerce websites. We operate our e-commerce websites as an alternative to shopping in the stores, which allows us to reach customers outside our geographic footprint. We continue to make investments in both online and in-store advertising, aimed at increasing traffic to our e‑commerce websites, which reached over 62 million total visits in fiscal 2019 compared to over 56 million total visits in fiscal 2018, and increasing the amount of merchandise purchased by customers who visit our websites, while improving the shopping experience for our customers. Additionally, all of our stores are equipped with touch screen devices that allow our customers to access millions of additional boots, apparel and other items from our e-commerce warehouse inventory as well as the inventory at most of our larger third-party vendors, purchase these items in store, and, in most cases, receive free shipping. We also have touch screen devices that allow customers to browse our in-store assortment and select an item that meets their functional requirements and preferences. We further continue to make investments in our e-commerce infrastructure, including adding automation to our warehouses to support expanding e-commerce growth. Our e-commerce sales as a portion of total consolidated net sales were 16.9% and 17.3% in fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively.
Driving same store sales growth.  We believe that we can continue to grow our same store sales by increasing our brand awareness, driving additional traffic to our stores and increasing the amount of merchandise purchased by customers while visiting our stores. Our management team has launched several initiatives to accelerate growth, enhance our store associates’ selling skills, drive store‑level productivity and increase customer engagement through our loyalty program.
Building our private brand portfolio .  We believe we can achieve gross margin enhancement by increasing the penetration of our private brand sales. As of March 30, 2019, our private brands include Shyanne ,   Cody James ,   Moonshine Spirit by Brad Paisley, Idyllwind Fueled by Miranda Lambert, Hawx, Cody James Work, American Worker, El Dorado and BB Ranch , and are sold in our stores and on our e-commerce websites. Each of our private brands, which address product and price segments that we believe are underserved by third‑party brands, offers exclusive products to our customers and achieves better merchandise margins than the third-party brands that we carry. 
Expanding our store base.  Driven by our compelling store economics, we believe that there is a significant opportunity to expand our store base in the U.S. During fiscal 2019, we opened 12 stores, acquired and rebranded three Lone Star stores and acquired two Drysdales stores. We typically rebrand acquired stores within twelve months from the date of acquisition. Based on an extensive analysis, we believe that we have the potential to double our domestic store base of 240 stores as of March 30, 2019. We currently plan to target store openings in new and existing markets and in adjacent and underserved markets that we believe will be receptive to our concept. Over the past several years, we have made investments in personnel, information technology, warehouse infrastructure and e‑commerce platforms to support the expansion of our operations.
Leveraging our economies of scale.  We believe that we have a variety of opportunities to increase the profitability of our business over time. Our ability to leverage our infrastructure and drive store‑level productivity due to economies of scale is expected to be a primary driver of our improvement in profitability. We intend to continually refine our merchandise mix and increase the penetration of our private brands to help differentiate us from our competitors and achieve higher merchandise margins. We also expect to capitalize on additional economies of scale in purchasing and sourcing as we grow our geographic footprint and online presence.

6

Table of Contents

Enhancing brand awareness.  We intend to enhance our brand awareness and customer loyalty in a number of ways, such as continuing to grow our store base and our online and social media initiatives. We use broadcast media such as radio, television and outdoor advertisements to reach customers in new and existing markets. We also maintain our strong market position through our grassroots marketing efforts, including sponsorship of rodeos, stock shows and other western industry events, as well as our association with country music, including partnerships with Brad Paisley and Miranda Lambert and up‑and‑coming country musicians. We have an effective social media strategy with high customer engagement, as evidenced by our strong following on Facebook, Instagram, Snapchat and Twitter.
Our Market Opportunity
We participate in the large, growing and highly fragmented western and work wear markets of the broader apparel and footwear industry. We offer a variety of boots, apparel and accessories that are basics or necessities for our customers’ daily lives. Many of our customers are employed in the agriculture, oil and gas, manufacturing and construction industries, and are often country and western enthusiasts. We believe that growth in the western wear market has been and will continue to be driven by the growth of western events, such as rodeos, the popularity of country music and the continued strength and endurance of the western lifestyle. We believe that growth in the work wear market has been and will continue to be driven by increasing activity in the construction sector and the return of domestic manufacturing. Additionally, government regulations for workplace safety have driven and, we believe, will continue to drive, sales in specific categories, such as safety‑toe boots and flame‑resistant and high‑visibility clothing for various industrial and outdoor occupations.
Our Sales Channels
During fiscal 2019, we continued to enhance our omni-channel capabilities. Our current omni-channel presence consists of both brick-and-mortar stores as well as an e-commerce platform, consisting primarily of www.bootbarn.com,  www.sheplers.com and www.countryoutfitter.com.
Our stores
As a lifestyle retail concept, our stores offer a broad array of merchandise to outfit an entire family, while working during the week, relaxing on the weekend, or dressing up for an evening out. Our stores are easy to navigate with clear sight lines to all major product categories. Our preferred store layout has ladies’ and children’s apparel on the right side of the store and men’s western and men’s work apparel on the left side. Our basic denim is usually merchandised on shelving placed on the exterior walls, while our premium‑priced, more stylized denim and clothing are prominently displayed on floor fixtures and mannequins. We utilize the space in the front of the store for accessories such as hats, belts, jewelry, handbags, home merchandise, gifts and various impulse purchase items.
Boots, our signature category, anchor the rear of the store with an expansive assortment displayed on fixtures up to six shelves in height. We offer virtually all of our boots in pairs out on the sales floor. To reflect the typical purchasing decision process of each of our customer segments, we arrange all western boots by size and all work boots by brand. While our knowledgeable and friendly store associates are readily available to assist our customers, the store design facilitates a self‑service shopping experience.
Our stores are generally located in or near high visibility, power and large neighborhood shopping centers with trade areas of five or more miles. Our stores average 10,600 selling square feet and feature a comprehensive assortment of brands and styles, coupled with attentive, knowledgeable store associates. Our stores are designed and managed to drive profitability and, we believe, create a compelling customer shopping experience.
During fiscal 2019, we opened 12 stores and acquired three Lone Star stores and two Drysdales stores. As of March 30, 2019, our retail footprint included 240 stores in the U.S. Two of our stores are operated under the “American Worker” name. Our American Worker stores primarily feature work‑related footwear, apparel and accessories. We do not currently intend to open additional American Worker stores.

7

Table of Contents

The following table shows the number of stores in each of the 33 states in which we operated as of March 30, 2019:

 	    	Number of	 	
State	 	stores	 	
Alabama	 	 2	 	
Arizona	 	14	 	
California	 	47	 	
Colorado	 	13	 	
Florida	 	 8	 	
Georgia	 	 2	 	
Idaho	 	 3	 	
Illinois	 	 1	 	
Indiana	 	 2	 	
Iowa	 	 4	 	
Kansas	 	 4	 	
Kentucky	 	 3	 	
Louisiana	 	 6	 	
Minnesota	 	 2	 	
Mississippi	 	 1	 	
Missouri	 	 2	 	
Montana	 	 4	 	
Nebraska	 	 2	 	
Nevada	 	10	 	
New Mexico	 	 7	 	
North Carolina	 	 4	 	
North Dakota	 	 6	 	
Oklahoma	 	 5	 	
Oregon	 	 3	 	
South Carolina	 	 3	 	
South Dakota	 	 3	 	
Tennessee	 	 9	 	
Texas	 	54	 	
Utah	 	 2	 	
Virginia	 	 1	 	
Washington	 	 3	 	
Wisconsin	 	 1	 	
Wyoming	 	 9	 	
Total	 	240	 	
 
E-commerce
Our e‑commerce websites are a natural extension of our brand and in‑store experience, allowing us to further build awareness in our current markets and reach customers not served by our current geographic footprint. During fiscal 2019, we had over 62 million total visits to our websites and we sold merchandise to customers in all 50 states. Approximately 4.5% of our total e‑commerce revenue for fiscal 2019 was generated from customers outside of the United States. Such foreign‑source revenue constituted approximately 0.8% of our overall net sales in fiscal 2019.
Our growing national footprint and broader marketing efforts drive traffic to our bootbarn.com website, which in turn also drives traffic to our stores. We believe that many customers, especially those shopping for boots, browse online at bootbarn.com and then visit our stores to make their purchases to ensure a proper fit. As a multi‑channel retailer, we are implementing technology initiatives that integrate in‑store and e‑commerce platforms into one seamless customer experience. As an example, last year we implemented in-store touch-screen devices to expand the product

8

Table of Contents
offering available to our in-store customers, including additional styles, colors and sizes not carried in the store. In fiscal 2019, we continued to enhance customer service with our buy online, pick up in-store function.
The bootbarn.com and countryoutfitter.com businesses are every-day low price models, while sheplers.com is more promotional and offers a greater assortment of products at discounted prices. For all of our e-commerce brands, we communicate information on current promotions and upcoming events on our e‑commerce websites, which helps drive purchases online and traffic to our stores. We continue to improve follow‑up email communication related to order confirmations, as well as offer boot care and other accessories associated with boot purchases.
Store expansion opportunities and site selection
We have substantial experience in opening stores in new and existing geographic markets. During the last three fiscal years, we have successfully added, on a net basis, 32 new stores through a combination of organic growth and strategic acquisitions. We evaluate potential new locations in light of a variety of criteria, including local demographics and population, the area’s industrial base, the existing competitive landscape, occupancy costs, store visibility, traffic, environmental considerations, co‑tenancy and accessibility. We also consider a region’s total store potential to help ensure efficiencies in store management and media spending. Most of our stores are in high‑traffic and highly visible locations and many have freeway signage. Stores located in metropolitan areas are typically established in high‑density neighborhoods, and stores located in rural areas are typically established near highways or major thoroughfares.
Based on an extensive internal analysis of our current customer base, store performance drivers and competitor penetration, we believe that the U.S. market supports the ability to double our current domestic store base. We utilized multiple methods for measuring market size, including a review of demographic and psychographic factors on a state‑by‑state basis. We supplemented that data by analyzing our share of the geographic markets in which we currently operate and extrapolating that share to new geographic markets. Based on our market analysis, we have created a regional and state‑by‑state development plan to strategically extend our store portfolio. Careful consideration was given to operational constraints and merchandising differences in new and existing markets, while balancing the relevant risks associated with opening stores in those markets.
Over the past several years, we have invested in construction and real estate resources, information technology and warehouse infrastructure to support the expansion of our operations. In addition, we have developed a model for new stores that assumes a leased 8,000 to 12,000 square foot space, requires an average net cash investment of approximately $0.8 million and targets an average payback period of three years. We believe that under this model we can grow our store base by approximately 10% annually over the next several years without substantially modifying our current resources and infrastructure.
Store Management and Training
We have a strong culture focused on providing superior customer service. We believe that our store associates and managers form the foundation of the Boot Barn brand. We recruit people who are welcoming, friendly and service‑oriented, and who often live the western lifestyle or have a genuine affinity for it. We have a positive culture of enthusiasm and entrepreneurial spirit throughout the Company, which is particularly strong in our stores. Given the lifestyle nature of the Boot Barn brand, we have developed a natural connection between our customers and our store associates.
Given the importance of both fit and function in selling much of our product, we utilize a well‑developed sales, service and product training program. We provide over 20 hours of training for new store associates, as well as ongoing product, sales and leadership training. Additionally, we provide home office and supplier‑led workshops on products, selling skills and leadership at our annual three‑day store manager meeting. Our store management training programs emphasize building skills that lead to effective store management and overall leadership. Our store managers are responsible for hiring and staffing our stores and are empowered with the sales, customer service and operational tools necessary to monitor employee and store performance. We believe that our continued investments in training our employees help drive loyalty from our store associates and, in turn, our customers. We are committed to providing the right merchandise solution for each of our customers based on the ultimate end use of our products. Our goal is to train

9

Table of Contents
each of our store associates to be able to guide a customer throughout a store and provide helpful knowledge on product fit, functions and features across our departments. Rather than rely heavily on sales commissions and supplier‑specific incentive programs, we utilize a system under which the vast majority of a store associate’s compensation is based on an hourly wage. We believe that this produces a team‑oriented culture, creates a less pressured selling environment and helps ensure that our store associates are focused on the specific needs of our customers.
Merchandising
Strategy
We seek to establish our stores as a one‑stop destination for western and work‑related footwear, apparel and accessories. Our merchandising strategy is to offer a core assortment of products, brands and styles by store, department and price point. We augment and tailor this assortment by region to cater to local preferences such as toe profiles for western boots, styling for western apparel, and functions and features for work apparel and work boots depending on climate and the local industries served. In addition, we actively maintain a balance between third party brands and our own brands that, we believe, offers our customers a compelling mix between selection, product and value.
Our business is moderately seasonal and as a result our revenues fluctuate from quarter to quarter. The third quarter of our fiscal year, which includes the Christmas shopping season, has historically produced higher sales and disproportionately higher operating results than the other quarters of our fiscal year. Historically, neither the western nor the work component of our business has been meaningfully impacted by fashion trends or seasonality. We believe that many of our customers are driven primarily by utility and brand, and our best‑selling styles tend to be items that carry over from year to year with only minor updates. On average, over the last three fiscal years we have generated approximately 33% of our net sales during our third fiscal quarter.
We have a minimal amount of seasonal merchandise that could necessitate significant markdowns. This allows us to implement automated replenishment systems for approximately 70% of our store merchandise, meaning that, as sales are captured in a store’s point of sale system, recommended purchase orders are systematically generated for approval by our merchandising group, ensuring our strong in‑stock inventory position. As a result, demand and margins for the majority of our products are fairly predictable, which reduces our inventory risk.
Our products
During fiscal 2019, our products contributed to overall sales in the following manner:

	·		Gender:  Men’s merchandise accounted for approximately 65% of our sales with the balance being ladies, kids and unisex merchandise.	
	·		Styling:  Western styles comprised approximately 70% of our sales, with work‑related and other styles making up the balance.	
	·		Product category:  Boots accounted for just over half of our sales, with apparel comprising an additional 34% and the balance consisting of hats, gifts, accessories and home merchandise.	
Throughout our long history we have maintained collaborative relationships with our key suppliers. These relationships, coupled with our scale, have allowed us to carry a wide selection of popular and niche brands, including Ariat ,   Carhartt Workwear ,   Cinch ,   Corral ,   Dan Post ,   Georgia Boot ,   Justin Boots ,   Keen ,   Lucchese ,   Old Gringo ,   Rocky ,   Stetson ,   Timberland ,   Tony Lama ,   Twisted X ,   Wolverine and Wrangler. In many cases, we are one of the largest accounts of our suppliers and have become important as the largest specialty retailer of western and work wear in the U.S. As a result, we have several advantages relative to our competitors, including increased buying power and access to first‑to‑market or limited edition products. This provides us with competitive differentiation and the ability to generate higher merchandise margins.

10

Table of Contents

Our scale has also allowed us to introduce our own proprietary western wear brands, Shyanne and Cody James, which offer high‑quality western boots, shirts, jackets and hats for women and men, respectively. We also have an exclusive license agreement with country music star Brad Paisley, who designs a collection of boots, apparel and accessories for us, Moonshine Spirit By Brad Paisley , that reflect his lifestyle and personality. In fiscal 2018 we entered into a new partnership with country music artist Miranda Lambert, to develop a lifestyle brand, Idyllwind , inspired by her music and creative talents, which includes boots, apparel and accessories. In fiscal 2019 we developed two additional exclusive brands, Hawx and Cody   James Work. These brands offer high quality work wear and work boots to our customer. We develop private brand merchandise for our home and gift category under the name BB Ranch . We created these brands to address segments that we believe are underserved by third‑party brands. We have a dedicated product development team that designs and sources merchandise from suppliers around the world. These product assortments are exclusive to Boot Barn and are merchandised and marketed as if they were third‑party brands both in our stores and on our e-commerce websites. In fiscal 2019, sales from our private brand products accounted for approximately 16.2% of our consolidated sales including our stores and e-commerce websites. These private brands differentiate us from our competitors and produce higher incremental merchandise margins than the third‑party brands that we carry.
Planning and allocation
We believe that we have assembled a talented and experienced team in both the buying and merchandise planning functions. The experience of our team is critical to understanding the technical requirements of our merchandise based on region and use, such as the appropriate safety toe regulations for work boots in a particular industry. The team is constantly managing our replenishment model to ensure a high in‑stock position by stock keeping unit, or SKU, on a store‑by‑store basis. Our merchandising team optimizes the product selection, mix and depth across our stores by analyzing demand on a market‑by‑market basis, continuously reviewing our sell‑through results, communicating with our suppliers about local market preferences and new products, shopping our competitors’ stores, and immersing themselves in trade and western lifestyle events including rodeos, country music concerts and other industry‑specific activities. Our merchandising team also makes frequent visits to our stores and partners with our regional, district and store managers to refine the merchandise assortment by region. Our team has demonstrated the ability to effectively manage merchandising, pricing and promotional strategies across our store base.
To keep the product assortment fresh, we reposition a small portion of our merchandise on the sales floor every month. To drive traffic to our stores and create in‑store energy and excitement, we execute a promotional calendar that showcases select brands or merchandise categories throughout the year and rotates on a monthly cadence. Our promotional activity also enables us to consistently engage with our customers both online and in‑store, as well as through our various marketing media. Our ability to optimize the price for each merchandise category on a market‑by‑market basis, helps us to maximize profitability while remaining price competitive. While our promotional activity is important for customer engagement, the vast majority of our merchandise sales in stores, on bootbarn.com and countryoutfitter.com were at full price, which we believe demonstrates the strength of our brand and the less discretionary nature of our product offering. Sheplers E-commerce is more promotional and offers a greater assortment of products at discounted prices.
Marketing and Advertising
Our marketing strategy is designed to build brand awareness, acquire new customers, enhance customer loyalty and drive in‑store and online transactions. We customize our marketing mix for each of our markets and purposes. For example, during store grand openings we engage in additional local community outreach and advertise in local print media in select markets. We primarily use the following forms of media:
Radio and television —We purchase spots on both national and regional radio stations, primarily country music channels, to draw customers to nearby locations. We also maintain relationships with several country music artists in order to capitalize on the popularity of country music, using our stores and marketing communications to promote their album sales or concerts. In return, these country music artists often make in‑store appearances or mention us on social media and occasionally give private performances. We also purchase television spots to create awareness in new markets and occasionally help support grand openings of new stores.

11

Table of Contents

Direct mail —We conduct several direct mail campaigns, and during fiscal 2019, we sent out approximately 5.1 million mailers, ranging in size from postcards to catalogs of approximately 50 pages.
E‑mail —We e‑mail our e‑commerce customers and members of our B Rewarded loyalty program as part of our cross‑channel effort to drive traffic to our stores and websites. We sent over 1.0 billion e‑mails in fiscal 2019.
Social media —We also have a marketing strategy that has produced a fast‑growing social media presence, as evidenced by our strong following on Facebook, Instagram, Snapchat and Twitter. Our posts celebrate country and western life and humor, and routinely get thousands of likes, hundreds of shares and dozens of comments each.
Event sponsorship —We typically sponsor community‑based western events each year within the regional footprint of our store locations. Houston Livestock Show and Rodeo, a well-known 20-day celebration of western heritage, is one of our most prominent sponsorships and attracts more than two million visitors to Houston, Texas, where we operate eighteen stores in the area. We also sponsor the San Antonio Stock Show and Rodeo, an 18-day event with more than two million attendees. Other prominent sponsorships include Cheyenne Frontier Days, the largest outdoor rodeo in the U.S., the Professional Rodeo Cowboys Association and related National Finals Rodeo in Las Vegas, Nevada, Professional Bull Riders and the National High School Rodeo Association, which supports rodeos for competitors in high school and junior high school. At more prominent events, we often set up pop-up shops as large as 9,000 square feet, which allow participants to purchase our merchandise.
Distribution
Our suppliers ship most of our in‑store merchandise directly to our stores and a portion of our e‑commerce merchandise to our e‑commerce customers. The remaining units are either shipped from our distribution center located in Fontana, California, or from the distribution center in Wichita, Kansas, that we acquired as a result of the Sheplers Acquisition. Our distribution center in California distributes our private brand and volume discount purchases to our stores, and supplies inventory for sponsored events and new store openings. Our Wichita, Kansas distribution center fulfills our e-commerce orders. In accordance with our automated replenishment programs, third‑party suppliers typically deliver merchandise to our stores daily, ensuring in‑stock merchandise availability and a steady flow of new inventory for our customers.
Competition
The retail industry for western and work wear is highly fragmented and characterized by primarily regional competitors. We estimate that there are thousands of independent specialty stores scattered across the country. We believe that we compete primarily with smaller regional chains and independents on the basis of product quality, brand recognition, price, customer service and the ability to identify and satisfy consumer demand. In addition, as we expand our e-commerce sales presence, we are competing to an increasing degree with online retailers and the e-commerce offerings of traditional competitors. We also compete with farm supply stores and, to a lesser degree, mass merchants, some of which are significantly larger than us, but most of which realize only a small percentage of their total revenues from the sale of western and work wear. We have approximately three times as many stores as our nearest direct competitor that sells primarily western and work wear and we believe that our nationally recognized lifestyle brand, economies of scale, breadth and depth of inventory across a variety of categories, strong in‑stock position, portfolio of authentic private brands, enhanced supplier partnerships, exclusive offerings and ability to recruit and retain high quality store associates favorably differentiates us from our competitors.
Information technology
We have made significant investments to create a scalable information technology platform to support growth in our retail and e‑commerce sales without further near‑term investments in our information technology infrastructure. We use an Enterprise Resource Planning system, which we now refer to as Aptos Retail for integrated point‑of‑sale, merchandising, planning, sales audit, customer relationship management, inventory control, loss prevention, purchase order management and business intelligence. We operate Aptos Retail on a software‑as‑a‑service platform. This approach allows us to regularly upgrade to the most recent software release with minimal operational disruption, nominal

12

Table of Contents
systems infrastructure investment and a relatively small in‑house information technology department. Aptos Retail also interfaces with our accounting system.
We have also invested in an information technology platform for our e-commerce websites. At the end of fiscal 2017, we upgraded our e-commerce platform. This upgrade of our e-commerce platform acts as the foundation for all of our digital store fronts.
Intellectual property
We regard our trademarks as having value and as being important to our marketing efforts. We have registered our trademarks in the U.S., including our brand name “Boot Barn” and our private label brands. We also have a registered trademark for the “Sheplers” and “Country Outfitter” brand names. We have sought foreign trademark protection by registering the Boot Barn trademark in Hong Kong. We also own the domain name for our primary e-commerce websites, www.bootbarn.com,  www.sheplers.com and www.countryoutfitter.com. Our policy is to pursue registration of our trademarks and to rigorously defend their infringement by third parties.
Our employees
As of March 30, 2019, we employed approximately 1,300 full‑time and 2,700 part‑time employees, of which approximately 600 were employed at our Store Support Center and distribution center and approximately 3,400 were employed at our stores. The number of employees, especially part‑time employees, fluctuates depending upon our seasonal needs. None of our employees are represented by a labor union and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good. We have never experienced a strike or significant work stoppage.
Regulation and legislation
We are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing truth‑in‑advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws at the federal, state and local level, including consumer protection regulations, such as the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008, that regulate retailers and govern the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with all applicable laws.
We source many of our private brand products from outside the U.S. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar anti‑bribery and anti‑kickback laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non‑U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies and our supplier compliance agreements mandate compliance with applicable law, including these laws and regulations.
Item 1A.  Risk Factor  s 
You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this annual report, including our consolidated financial statements, and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. If any of the following risks were realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

13

Table of Contents

Risks Related To Our Business
Our sales could be severely impacted by decreases in consumer spending due to declines in consumer confidence, local economic conditions in our markets or changes in consumer preferences.
We depend upon consumers feeling confident about spending discretionary income on our products to drive our sales. Consumer spending may be adversely impacted by economic conditions, such as consumer confidence in future economic conditions, interest and tax rates, employment levels, salary and wage levels, the availability of consumer credit, the level of housing, energy and food costs and general business conditions. These risks may be exacerbated for retailers like us who focus on specialty footwear, apparel and accessories. Our financial performance is particularly susceptible to economic and other conditions in California, Texas and other states where we have a significant number of stores. Many of our stores operate in geographic areas where the local economies depend to a significant degree on oil and other commodity extraction, and many of our customers are employed in these industries. Our financial performance is accordingly susceptible to economic and other conditions relating to output and employment in these areas. Our financial performance also is impacted by conditions in the construction sector, domestic manufacturing and the transportation and warehouse sectors, the growth of which we believe is an important driver of our work wear business. In addition, our financial performance may be negatively affected if the popularity of the western and country lifestyle subsides, or if there is a general trend in consumer preferences away from boots and other western or country products in favor of another general category of footwear or attire. If this were to occur or if periods of decreased consumer spending persist, our sales could decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our business largely depends on a strong brand image, and if we are unable to maintain and enhance our brand image, particularly in markets where we have newly acquired stores and in new markets where we have limited brand recognition, we may be unable to increase or maintain our level of sales.
We believe that our brand image and brand awareness have contributed significantly to the success of our business. We also believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand image, particularly in markets where we have newly acquired stores and in new markets where we have limited brand recognition, is important to maintaining and expanding our customer base. Our ability to successfully integrate newly acquired and newly opened stores into their surrounding communities, to expand into new markets or to maintain the strength and distinctiveness of our brand image in our existing markets will be adversely impacted if we fail to connect with our target customers. Our efforts to rebrand newly acquired stores could result in reduced sales and profitability of such stores. Maintaining and enhancing our brand image may require us to make substantial investments in areas such as merchandising, marketing, store operations, community relations, store graphics and employee training, which could adversely affect our cash flow and which may ultimately be unsuccessful. Furthermore, our brand image could be jeopardized if we fail to maintain high standards for merchandise quality, if we fail to comply with local laws and regulations or if we experience negative publicity or other negative events that affect our image and reputation. Some of these risks may be beyond our ability to control, such as the effects of negative publicity regarding our suppliers. Failure to successfully market and maintain our brand image in new and existing markets could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We face intense competition in our industry and we may be unable to compete effectively.
The retail industry for western and work wear is highly fragmented and characterized by primarily regional competitors. We estimate that there are thousands of independent specialty stores scattered across the country. We believe that we compete primarily with smaller regional chains and independent stores on the basis of product quality, brand recognition, price, customer service and the ability to identify and satisfy consumer demand. In addition, as we expand our e-commerce sales presence, we are competing to an increasing degree with online retailers and the e-commerce offerings of traditional competitors. We also compete with farm supply stores and, to a lesser degree, mass merchants. Competition with some or all of these retailers could require us to lower our prices or risk losing customers. In addition, significant or unusual promotional activities by our competitors may force us to respond in-kind and adversely impact our operating cash flow and gross profit. As a result of these factors, current and future competition could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

14

Table of Contents

Many of the mass merchants and online retailers that sell some western or work wear products have greater financial, marketing and other resources than we currently do, and in the case of online retailers, lower overhead and overall cost structure. Therefore, these competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the marketing and sale of these products, generate national brand recognition or adopt more aggressive pricing policies than we can, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage if they decide to expand their offerings of these product lines. Moreover, we do not possess exclusive rights to many of the elements that comprise our in-store experience and product offerings. Our competitors may seek to emulate facets of our business strategy, including our in-store experience, which could result in a reduction of some competitive advantages or special appeal that we might possess. In addition, most of our suppliers sell products to us on a non-exclusive basis. As a result, our current and future competitors may be able to duplicate or improve on some or all of the in-store and e-commerce product offerings that we believe are important in differentiating our stores, our e-commerce offerings and our customers’ shopping experience. If our competitors were to duplicate or improve on some or all of our in-store experience, or our in-store and e-commerce product offerings, our competitive position and our business could suffer.
Most of our merchandise is produced in foreign countries, making the price and availability of our merchandise susceptible to international trade risks and other international conditions.
The majority of our private brand products are manufactured in foreign countries, including Mexico and China. In addition, we purchase most of our third-party branded merchandise from domestic suppliers that have a large portion of their merchandise made in foreign countries. The countries, specifically Mexico and China, in which our merchandise currently is manufactured or may be manufactured in the future could become subject to trade restrictions imposed by the U.S., including increased tariffs or quotas, embargoes and customs restrictions, which could increase the cost or reduce the supply of products available to us and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Recently, uncertainty has increased regarding tax and trade policies, border adjustments, tariffs and government regulations affecting trade between the U.S. and other countries, such as Mexico and China. This includes the possibility of the imposition of tariffs or penalties on products manufactured outside the United States, including several tariffs on a variety of products from China imposed or threatened by the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative in 2018 ranging from 10-25%. China has already announced a plan to impose tariffs on a wide range of American products in retaliation for such American tariffs. There is also a concern that the imposition of additional tariffs by the United States could result in the adoption of tariffs by other countries as well. Such tariffs on imports from foreign countries, as well as changes in tax and trade policies such as a border adjustment tax or disallowance of certain tax deductions for imported merchandise, if enacted, could materially increase our manufacturing costs, the costs of our imported merchandise or our income tax expense, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Any tariffs by China or other foreign countries on imports of our products could also adversely affect our international e-commerce sales. Any increase in our manufacturing costs, the cost of our merchandise or limitation on the amount of merchandise we are able to purchase, or any decrease in our international e-commerce sales, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our failure to adapt to new challenges that arise when expanding into new geographic markets could adversely affect our ability to profitably operate those stores and maintain our brand image.
Our expansion into new geographic markets could result in competitive, merchandising, distribution and other challenges that are different from those we encounter in the geographic markets in which we currently operate. In addition, to the extent that our store count increases, we may face risks associated with market saturation of our product offerings and locations. Our suppliers may also restrict their sales to us in new markets to the extent they are already saturating that market with their products through other retailers or their own stores. There can be no assurance that any newly opened stores will be received as well as, or achieve net sales or profitability levels comparable to those of, our existing stores in the time periods estimated by us, or at all. If our stores fail to achieve, or are unable to sustain, acceptable net sales and profitability levels, our business may be materially harmed, we may incur significant costs associated with closing those stores and our brand image may be negatively impacted.

15

Table of Contents

Our continued growth depends upon successfully opening new stores as well as integrating any acquired stores, and our failure to successfully open new stores or integrate acquired stores could negatively affect our business and stock price.
We have grown our store count rapidly in recent years, both organically and through strategic acquisitions of competing chains. Our ability to successfully open and operate new and acquired stores is subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties, such as:

	·		identifying suitable store locations, the availability of which is beyond our control;	
	·		obtaining acceptable lease terms;	
	·		sourcing sufficient levels of inventory;	
	·		selecting the appropriate merchandise to appeal to our customers;	
	·		hiring, training and retaining store employees;	
	·		assimilating new store employees into our corporate culture;	
	·		marketing the new stores’ locations and product offerings effectively;	
	·		avoiding construction delays and cost overruns in connection with the build out of new stores;	
	·		avoiding other costs in opening new stores, such as rebranding acquired locations and environmental liabilities;	
	·		managing and expanding our infrastructure to accommodate growth; and	
	·		integrating the new and acquired stores with our existing buying, distribution and other support operations.	
Our failure to successfully address these challenges could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We opened or acquired 17 stores in fiscal 2019, 9 stores in fiscal 2018, and 12 stores in fiscal 2017. We plan to open or acquire approximately 25   new stores in fiscal 2020. However, there can be no assurance that we will open or acquire the planned number of new stores in fiscal 2020 or thereafter, or that any such stores will be profitable. This expansion will place increased demands on our operational, managerial and administrative resources. These increased demands could cause us to operate our existing business less effectively, which in turn could cause the financial performance of our existing stores to deteriorate. In addition, we currently plan to open some new stores within existing markets. Some of these new stores may open close enough to our existing stores that a segment of customers will stop shopping at our existing stores and instead shop at the new stores, causing sales and profitability at those existing stores to decline. If this were to occur with a number of our stores, this could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
In addition to opening new stores, we may acquire and rebrand stores. Acquiring and integrating stores involves additional risks that could adversely affect our growth and results of operations. Newly acquired stores may be unprofitable and we may incur significant costs and expenses in connection with any acquisition including systems integration and costs relating to remerchandising and rebranding the acquired stores. Integrating newly acquired chains or individual stores may divert our senior management’s attention from our core business. Our ability to integrate newly

16

Table of Contents
acquired stores will depend on the successful expansion of our existing financial controls, distribution model, information systems, management and human resources and on attracting, training and retaining qualified employees.
As we expand our business, we may be unable to generate significant amounts of cash from operations.
As we expand our business, we will need significant amounts of cash from operations to pay our existing and future lease obligations, build out new store space, purchase inventory, pay personnel, and, if necessary, further invest in our infrastructure and facilities. We primarily rely on cash flow generated from existing stores and our e-commerce businesses to fund our current operations and our growth. It typically takes several months and a significant amount of cash to open a new store. For example, our new store model requires an average net cash investment of approximately $0.8 million. If we continue to open a large number of stores relatively close in time, the cost of these store openings and the cost of continuing operations could reduce our cash position. An increase in our net cash outflow for new stores could adversely affect our operations by reducing the amount of cash available to address other aspects of our business.
We cannot assure you that any new stores that we open will become profitable in the anticipated time frame, or at all. Not all of our stores are currently profitable. We cannot assure you that our existing stores, which may be currently profitable, will not cease to be profitable in the future.
If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to fund these activities, and sufficient funds are not otherwise available from our current credit facility or future credit facilities, we may need additional equity or debt financing. If such financing is not available to us on satisfactory terms, our ability to operate and expand our business or to respond to competitive pressures would be limited and we could be required to delay, curtail or eliminate planned store openings. Moreover, if we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, your ownership may be diluted. Any debt financing we may incur may impose covenants that restrict our operations, and will require interest payments that would create additional cash demands and financial risk for us.
Any significant change in our distribution model could initially have an adverse impact on our cash flows and results of operations.
Our suppliers ship most of our in‑store merchandise directly to our stores and a portion of our e‑commerce merchandise to our e‑commerce customers. In the future, as part of our long-term strategic planning, we may change our distribution model to increase the amount of merchandise that we self-distribute through a centralized distribution center. Changing our distribution model to increase distributions from a centralized distribution center to our stores and customers would initially involve significant capital expenditures, which would increase our borrowings and interest expense or temporarily reduce the rate at which we open new stores. In addition, if we are unable to successfully integrate a new distribution model into our operations in a timely manner, our supply chain could experience significant disruptions, which could reduce our sales and adversely impact our results of operations.
If we fail to maintain good relationships with our suppliers or if our suppliers are unable or unwilling to provide us with sufficient quantities of merchandise at acceptable prices, our business and operations may be adversely affected.
Our business is largely dependent on continued good relationships with our suppliers, including suppliers for our third-party branded products and manufacturers for our private brand products.   During fiscal 2019, merchandise purchased from our top three suppliers accounted for approximately 24%, 8% and 7% of our sales, respectively. We operate on a purchase order basis for our private brand and third-party branded merchandise and do not have long-term written agreements with our suppliers. Accordingly, our suppliers can refuse to sell us merchandise, limit the type or quantity of merchandise that they sell to us, enter into exclusivity arrangements with our competitors or raise prices at any time, which could have an adverse impact on our business. Deterioration in our relationships with our suppliers could have a material adverse impact on our business, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to acquire desired merchandise in sufficient quantities on terms acceptable to us in the future. Also, some of our suppliers sell products directly from their own retail stores or e-commerce websites, and therefore directly compete with us. These suppliers may decide at some point in the future to discontinue supplying their merchandise to us, supply us less desirable merchandise or raise prices on the products they do sell us. If we lose key suppliers and are unable to find alternative suppliers to provide us with substitute merchandise for lost products, our business may be adversely affected.

17

Table of Contents

Our efforts to improve and expand our exclusive product offerings may be unsuccessful, and implementing these efforts may divert our operational, managerial, financial and administrative resources, which could harm our competitive position and reduce our revenue and profitability.
We currently seek to grow our business by improving and expanding our exclusive product offerings, which includes introducing new brands and growing and expanding our existing brands. The principal risks to our ability to successfully improve and expand our product offering are that:

	·		introduction of new products may be delayed, which may allow our competitors to introduce similar products in a more timely fashion, which could hinder our ability to be viewed as the exclusive provider of certain western and work apparel brands and items;	
	·		the third‑party suppliers of our exclusive product offerings may not maintain adequate controls with respect to product specifications and quality, which may lead to costly corrective action and damage to our brand image;	
	·		if our expanded exclusive product offerings fail to maintain and enhance our distinctive brand identity, our brand image may be diminished and our sales may decrease; and	
	·		these efforts may divert our management’s attention from other aspects of our business and place a strain on our operational, managerial, financial and administrative resources, as well as our information systems.	
In addition, our ability to successfully improve and expand our exclusive product offerings may be affected by economic and competitive conditions, changes in consumer spending patterns and changes in consumer preferences. These efforts could be abandoned, cost more than anticipated and divert resources from other areas of our business, any of which could impact our competitive position and reduce our revenue and profitability.
We purchase merchandise based on sales projections and our purchase of too much or too little inventory may adversely affect our overall profitability.
We must actively manage our purchase of inventory. We generally order our seasonal and private brand merchandise several months in advance of it being received and offered for sale. If there is a significant decrease in demand for these products or if we fail to accurately predict consumer demand, including by disproportionately increasing the penetration of our private brand merchandise, we may be forced to rely on markdowns or promotional sales to dispose of excess inventory. This could have an adverse effect on our margins and operating income. Conversely, if we fail to purchase a sufficient quantity of merchandise, we may not have an adequate supply of products to meet consumer demand, thereby causing us to lose sales or adversely affecting our customer relationships. Any failure on our part to anticipate, identify and respond effectively to changing consumer demand and consumer shopping preferences could adversely affect our results of operations.
A rise in the cost of fabric, raw materials, labor or transportation could increase our cost of merchandise and cause our results of operations and margins to decline.
Fluctuations in the price, availability and quality of fabrics and raw materials, such as cotton and leather, that our suppliers use to manufacture our products, as well as the cost of labor and transportation, could have adverse impacts on our cost of merchandise and our ability to meet our customers’ demands. In particular, because key components of our products are cotton and leather, any increases in the cost of cotton or leather may significantly affect the cost of our products and could have an adverse impact on our cost of merchandise. We may be unable to pass all or any of these higher costs on to our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

18

Table of Contents

If our suppliers and manufacturers fail to use acceptable labor or other practices, our reputation may be harmed, which could negatively impact our business.
We purchase merchandise from independent third-party suppliers and manufacturers. If any of these suppliers have practices that are not legal or accepted in the U.S., consumers may develop a negative view of us, our brand image could be damaged and we could become the subject of boycotts by our customers or interest groups. Further, if the suppliers violate labor or other laws of their own country, these violations could cause disruptions or delays in their shipments of merchandise. For example, much of our merchandise is manufactured in China and Mexico, which have different labor practices than the U.S. We do not independently investigate whether our suppliers are operating in compliance with all applicable laws and therefore we rely upon the suppliers’ representations set forth in our purchase orders and supplier agreements concerning the suppliers’ compliance with such laws. In addition, regulatory developments regarding the use of “conflict minerals,” certain minerals originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries, could affect the sourcing and availability of raw materials used by suppliers and subject us to costs associated with the regulations, including for the diligence pertaining to the presence of any conflict minerals used in our products, possible changes to products, processes or sources of our inputs, and reporting requirements. If our goods are manufactured using illegal or unacceptable labor practices in these countries, or other countries from which our suppliers source the products we purchase, our ability to supply merchandise for our stores without interruption, our brand image and, consequently, our sales may be adversely affected.
If we lose key management personnel, our operations could be negatively impacted.
We depend upon the leadership and experience of our executive management team. If we are unable to retain existing management personnel who are critical to our success, it could result in harm to our supplier and employee relationships, the loss of key information, expertise or know-how and unanticipated recruitment and training costs. The loss of the services of any of our key management personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects, and could be viewed negatively by investors and analysts, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline. We may be unable to find qualified individuals to replace key management personnel on a timely basis, without incurring increased costs or at all. We do not maintain key person life insurance covering any employee. If we lose the services of any of our key management personnel or we are unable to attract additional qualified personnel, we may be unable to successfully manage our business.
If we cannot attract, train and retain qualified employees, our business could be adversely affected.
Our success depends upon the quality of the employees we hire. We recruit people who are welcoming, friendly and service-oriented, and who often live the western lifestyle or have a genuine affinity for it. Employees in many positions must have knowledge of our merchandise and the skill necessary to excel in a customer service environment. The turnover rate in the retail industry is typically high and finding qualified candidates to fill positions may be difficult. Our planned growth will require us to hire and train even more personnel. If we cannot attract, train and retain corporate employees, district managers, store managers and store associates with the qualifications we deem necessary, our ability to effectively operate and expand may be adversely affected. In addition, we rely on temporary and seasonal personnel to staff our distribution center. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to find adequate temporary or seasonal personnel to staff our operations when needed, which may strain our existing personnel and negatively impact our operations.
Higher wage and benefit costs could adversely affect our business.
Changes in federal and state minimum wage laws and other laws relating to employee benefits, including recent legislative proposals relating to healthcare reform, could cause us to incur additional wage and benefit costs. Increased labor costs brought about by changes in minimum wage laws, other regulations or prevailing market conditions would increase our expenses and have an adverse impact on our profitability.

19

Table of Contents

The concentration of our stores and operations in certain geographic locations subjects us to regional economic conditions and natural disasters that could adversely affect our business.
Our Store Support Center and distribution centers are located in California, Kansas and Texas. If we encounter any disruptions to our operations at these locations or if they were to shut down for any reason, including due to fire, tornado or other natural disaster, then we may be prevented from effectively operating our stores and our e-commerce businesses. Furthermore, the risk of disruption or shutdown at our buildings in California are greater than they might be if they were located in another region, as southern California is prone to natural disasters such as earthquakes and wildfires. Any disruption or shutdown at our locations could significantly impact our operations and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, of the 240 stores that we operated as of March 30, 2019, 115 of these stores were located in Arizona, California and Texas. The geographic concentration of our stores may expose us to economic downturns or natural disasters in those states where our stores are located. For example, our stores located in North Dakota, Wyoming, Colorado, Texas and surrounding areas are likely to be adversely impacted by an economic downturn affecting the oil, gas, and commodities industries. In addition, in fiscal 2018 hurricanes severely impacted parts of Texas and Florida and we lost sales and incurred additional costs as a result. Any similar events in states where our stores are concentrated could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We could be required to collect additional sales taxes or be subject to other tax liabilities that may increase the costs our clients would have to pay for our products and adversely affect our operating results.
An increasing number of states have considered or adopted laws that attempt to impose tax collection obligations on out-of-state retailers. In South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. et al (“Wayfair”) , a case challenging existing law that online sellers are not required to collect sales and use tax unless they have a physical presence in the buyer’s state, the Supreme Court decided that states may adopt laws requiring sellers to collect sales and use tax, even in states where the seller has no physical presence. As a result of Wayfair , states or the federal government may adopt, or begin to enforce, laws requiring us to calculate, collect, and remit taxes on sales in their jurisdictions. A successful assertion by one or more states requiring us to collect taxes where we presently do not do so, or to collect more taxes in a jurisdiction in which we currently do collect some taxes, could result in substantial tax liabilities, including taxes on past sales, as well as penalties and interest. The imposition by state governments of sales tax collection obligations on out-of-state retailers could also create additional administrative burdens for us, put us at a competitive disadvantage if they do not impose similar obligations on our competitors and decrease our future sales, which could have a material adverse impact on our business and operating results.
Our leverage may reduce our cash flow available to grow our business.  
As of March 30, 2019, we had an aggregate of $176.5 million of total outstanding indebtedness. Our obligations to pay principal and interest under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan will reduce our available cash flow, limiting our flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and increasing any additional borrowing costs. 
Our borrowings under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan are at variable rates, exposing us to interest rate risk, including increases in interest rates resulting from changes in the determination of LIBOR.
The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan provide for variable interest rates. As a result, if interest rates increase, our debt service obligations under the current credit facilities could increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, which would adversely impact our net income.
The variable interest rates under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan may be determined, at the Company’s option, based upon LIBOR or a base rate, in each case, plus an applicable margin. On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom's Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. It is unclear whether LIBOR will cease to exist or if new methods of calculating

20

Table of Contents
LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021. The U.S. Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions, is considering replacing U.S. dollar LIBOR with a new index calculated by short term repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury securities.
Any changes to the determination of LIBOR or replacement thereof may result in an increase in LIBOR and, in turn, an increase in the variable interest rates based upon LIBOR under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan, or cause us to elect to apply the base rate to the borrowings thereunder, which base rate may be higher than applicable interest rates prior to any such changes.
The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly impact our ability to operate our business.  
The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan contain covenants that, among other things, may, under certain circumstances, place limitations on the dollar amounts paid or other actions relating to:

	·		payments in respect of, or redemptions or acquisitions of, debt or equity issued by Boot Barn or its subsidiaries, including the payment of dividends on our common stock;	
	·		incurring additional indebtedness;	
	·		incurring guarantee obligations;	
	·		paying dividends;	
	·		creating liens on assets;	
	·		entering into sale and leaseback transactions;	
	·		making investments, loans or advances;	
	·		entering into hedging transactions;	
	·		engaging in mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of their respective assets; and	
	·		engaging in certain transactions with affiliates.	
In addition, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial ratios as set forth in these agreements. Our ability to satisfy these financial ratios will depend on our ongoing financial and operating performance, which in turn will be subject to economic conditions and to financial, market and competitive factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our ability to comply with these ratios in future periods will also depend on our ability to successfully implement our overall business strategy and realize contemplated synergies.
Various risks, uncertainties and events beyond our control could affect our ability to comply with the covenants contained in our current credit facilities. Failure to comply with any of these covenants could result in a default under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan and under other agreements containing cross-default provisions. A default would permit lenders to accelerate the maturity of the debt under these agreements and to foreclose upon any collateral securing the debt. Under these circumstances, we might not have sufficient funds or other resources to satisfy all of our obligations. In addition, the limitations imposed by financing agreements on our ability to incur additional debt and to take other actions might significantly impair our ability to obtain other financing.

21

Table of Contents

We are required to make significant lease payments for our stores, Store Support Center and distribution center, which may strain our cash flow.
We do not own any real estate. Instead, we lease all of our retail store locations as well as our Store Support Center and distribution centers. The store leases generally have a base lease term of five or 10 years, with one or more renewal periods of five years, on average, exercisable at our option. Many of our leases have early cancelation clauses which permit us to terminate the lease if certain sales thresholds are not met in certain periods of time. Our costs under these leases are a significant amount of our expenses and are growing rapidly as we expand the number of locations and the cost of leasing existing locations rises. In fiscal 2019, our total operating lease expense was $45.7 million, and we expect this amount to continue to increase as we open more stores. We are required to pay additional rent under many of our lease agreements based upon achieving certain sales thresholds for each store location. We are generally responsible for the payment of property taxes and insurance, utilities and common area maintenance fees. Many of our lease agreements also contain provisions which increase the rent payments on a set time schedule, causing the cash rent paid for a location to escalate over the term of the lease. In addition, rent costs could escalate when multi-year leases are renewed at the expiration of their lease term. These costs are significant, recurring and increasing, which places a consistent strain on our cash flow.
We depend on cash flows from operations to pay our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flows from operating activities, and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under our current credit facility, future credit facilities or from other sources, we may be unable to service our operating lease expenses, grow our business, respond to competitive challenges or fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would harm our business.
Additional sites that we lease are likely to be subject to similar long-term leases. If an existing or future store is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may nonetheless be committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease including, among other things, paying the base rent for the balance of the lease term. We may fail to identify suitable store locations, the availability of which is beyond our control, to replace such closed stores. In addition, as our leases expire, we may fail to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could cause us to close stores in desirable locations. Fifteen of our 240 store leases will reach their termination date during fiscal 2020, and none of these leases contain an option to automatically extend the lease term. If we are unable to enter into new leases or renew existing leases on terms acceptable to us or be released from our obligations under leases for stores that we close, our business, profitability and results of operations may be harmed.
New accounting guidance or changes in the interpretation or application of existing accounting guidance could adversely affect our financial performance.
The implementation of new accounting standards could require certain systems, internal processes and controls and other changes that could increase our operating costs and result in changes to our financial statements. For example, the implementation of accounting standards related to leases, as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, required us to make significant changes to our lease management and other accounting systems, and will result in a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or in underlying management assumptions, estimates or judgments could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance. The outcome of such changes could include litigation or regulatory actions which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

22

Table of Contents

We may be unable to maintain same store sales or net sales per square foot, which may cause our results of operations to decline.
The investing public may use same store sales or net sales per square foot projections or results, over a certain period of time, such as on a quarterly or yearly basis, as an indicator of our profitability growth. See Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further discussion of “same store sales”. Our same store sales can vary significantly from period to period for a variety of reasons, such as the age of stores, changing economic factors, unseasonable weather, pricing, the timing of the release of new merchandise and promotional events and increased competition. These factors could cause same store sales or net sales per square foot to decline period to period or fail to grow at expected rates, which could adversely affect our results of operations and cause the price of our common stock to be volatile during such periods.
Any inability to balance our private brand merchandise with the third-party branded merchandise that we sell may have an adverse effect on our net sales and gross profit.
In fiscal 2019, sales from our private brand products accounted for approximately 16.2% of our consolidated sales including our stores and e-commerce websites. As of March 30, 2019, two of our five top selling brands were private brand merchandise. Our private brand merchandise generally has a higher gross margin than the third-party branded merchandise that we offer. As a result, we intend to attempt to increase the penetration of our private brands in the future. However, carrying our private brands limits the amount of third-party branded merchandise we can carry and, therefore, there is a risk that our customers’ perception that we offer many major brands will decline or that our suppliers of third-party branded merchandise may decide to discontinue supplying, or reduce the supply of, their merchandise. If this occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on net sales and profitability.
We are subject to payment-related risks that could increase our operating costs, expose us to fraud or theft, subject us to potential liability and potentially disrupt our business.
We accept payments using a variety of methods, including cash, checks, credit and debit cards, including our private-label credit card and third-party credit and debit cards, and gift cards, and we may offer new payment options over time. Acceptance of these payment methods subjects us to rules, regulations, contractual obligations and compliance requirements, including payment network rules and operating guidelines, data security standards and certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds transfers. These requirements may change over time or be reinterpreted, making compliance more difficult or costly.
For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs. We rely on third parties to provide payment processing services, including the processing of credit cards, debit cards, and other forms of electronic payment. If these companies become unable to provide these services to us, or if their systems are compromised, it could potentially disrupt our business. The payment methods that we offer also subject us to potential fraud and theft by criminals, who are becoming increasingly more sophisticated, seeking to obtain unauthorized access to or exploit weaknesses that may exist in the payment systems. If we fail to comply with applicable rules or requirements for the payment methods we accept, or if payment-related data is compromised due to a breach or misuse of data, we may be liable for costs incurred by payment card issuing banks and other third parties or subject to fines and higher transaction fees, or our ability to accept or facilitate certain types of payments may be impaired. In addition, our customers could lose confidence in certain payment types, which may result in a shift to other payment types or potential changes to our payment systems that may result in higher costs. As a result, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We cannot assure you that we will realize the expected benefits from the creation of a private-label credit card program.  
   
During fiscal 2018 we commenced a private-label credit card program. We cannot assure you that we will realize the anticipated benefits from this program due to a number of factors.

23

Table of Contents

Although we anticipate that customers who establish a credit card account with us will increase their purchases of our merchandise, leading to an increase in our net sales, we cannot assure you that this will be the case. Credit card use, payment patterns, and default rates are affected by a variety of economic, legal, social, or other factors over which we have no control and cannot predict with certainty. In addition, such factors could negatively impact the availability of credit or increase the cost of credit to our cardholders, and thus adversely affect the use of our private label credit cards.
   
Our private-label credit card program is operated under an agreement with a third party provider that will issue the private label credit cards to our customers and will retain a percentage of the net credit sales and payments of outstanding credit balances thereunder. The payments that we receive from the private-label credit card program will depend upon a number of factors, including the level of sales on private label accounts, the level of balances carried, payment rates, finance charge rates and other fees, and the level of credit losses. The provider will have discretion over certain material terms and conditions of the private-label credit card program and such terms and conditions could adversely affect the benefits we receive from this private-label credit card program, as well as our relations with cardholders.
   
We depend on the third party provider to maintain appropriate protections with respect to our customers’ personal information in its control. Any data breaches experienced by our third party provider could result in liability to us and/or reputational harm.
   
Credit card operations are subject to numerous federal and state laws that impose disclosure and other requirements upon the origination, servicing and enforcement of credit accounts, and limitations on the amount of finance charges and fees that may be charged by a credit card provider. To the extent that such limitations or regulations materially limit the availability of credit or increase the cost of credit to our cardholders, our anticipated revenue streams associated with the private-label credit card program could be adversely affected.
   
If our management information systems fail to operate or are unable to support our growth, our operations could be disrupted.
We rely upon our management information systems in almost every aspect of our daily business operations. For example, our management information systems serve an integral part in enabling us to order merchandise, process merchandise at our distribution center and retail stores, perform and track sales transactions, manage personnel, pay suppliers and employees, operate our e-commerce businesses and report financial and accounting information to management. In addition, we rely on our management information systems to enable us to leverage our costs as we grow. If our management information systems fail to operate or are unable to support our growth, our store operations and e-commerce businesses could be severely disrupted, and we could be required to make significant additional expenditures to remediate any such failure.
We rely on UPS and the United States Postal Service to deliver our e-commerce merchandise to our customers and our business could be negatively impacted by disruptions in the operations of these third-party service providers.
We rely on UPS and the United States Postal Service to deliver our e-commerce merchandise to our customers. Relying on these third-party delivery services puts us at risk from disruptions in their operations, such as employee strikes, inclement weather and their inability to meet our shipping demands. If we are forced to use other delivery services, our costs could increase and we may be unable to meet shipment deadlines. Moreover, we may be unable to obtain terms as favorable as those received from the transportation providers we currently use, which would further increase our costs. In addition, if our products are not delivered to our customers on time, our customers may cancel their orders or we may lose business from these customers in the future. These circumstances may negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Use of social media may adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.
The use of social media platforms, including blogs, social media websites and other forms of internet-based communication, which allow individuals access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons, has become commonplace. Negative commentary regarding us or the brands that we sell may be posted on social media

24

Table of Contents
platforms or similar devices at any time and may harm our reputation or business. Consumers value readily available information concerning retailers and their goods and services and often act on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. In addition, social media platforms provide users with access to such a broad audience that collective action against our stores, such as boycotts, can be more easily organized. If such actions were organized, we could suffer reputational damage as well as physical damage to our stores and merchandise.
We also use social media platforms as marketing tools. For example, we maintain Facebook, Instagram, Snapchat and Twitter accounts. As laws and regulations rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, the failure by us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms and devices could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations or subject us to fines or other penalties.
Our e-commerce businesses subject us to numerous risks that could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
Our e-commerce businesses and their continued growth subject us to certain risks that could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, including:

	·		diversion of traffic from our stores;	
	·		increased e-commerce competition;	
	·		liability for online content;	
	·		government regulation of the Internet; and	
	·		risks related to the computer systems that operate our e-commerce websites and related support systems, including computer viruses, electronic data theft and similar disruptions.	
Our sales could be adversely affected by any disruption or downtime caused by the integration of new software or software upgrades. In addition, any data loss caused by such integration or upgrade could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
As we expand our e-commerce operations, we face the risk of increased losses from credit card fraud. We do not carry insurance against the risk of credit card fraud, so under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions even though the associated financial institution has approved payment of the orders. If we are unable to deter or control credit card fraud, or if credit card companies require more burdensome terms or refuse to accept credit card charges from us, our net income could be reduced. A breach of our e-commerce security measures could also reduce demand for our services.
A breach of our e-commerce security measures could expose us to potential liabilities and could also reduce demand for our services. In April 2019 an unknown party attempted to access data on one of our e-commerce sites. We investigated the incident and concluded that the attempt was unsuccessful and no personally identifiable information or customer data was accessed or exposed. However, there can be no assurance that future similar attempts would not be successful. In addition, to the extent the threat of such attempted attacks and the sophistication thereof grows, we may be required to devote additional resources to preventative measures.
Our e-commerce operations may also subject us to taxation in jurisdictions where we currently do not collect sales and other similar taxes. See “--We could be required to collect additional sales taxes or be subject to other tax liabilities that may increase the costs our clients would have to pay for our products and adversely affect our operating results” above.

25

Table of Contents

In addition, we rely upon email distributions to advertise our stores and e-commerce businesses and use various data-mining techniques to effectively target these emails. Spam filters or other blocking applications designed to enable consumers to limit incoming email from advertisers may inhibit our ability to effectively reach large audiences of existing and potential customers via email. This may adversely affect our ability to generate new business and acquire new customers.
Our sales can significantly fluctuate based upon shopping seasons, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate disproportionately on a quarterly basis.
Because of a traditionally higher level of sales during the Christmas shopping season, our sales are typically higher in the third fiscal quarter than they are in the other fiscal quarters. We also incur significant additional costs and expenses during our third fiscal quarter due to increased staffing levels and higher purchase volumes. Accordingly, the results of a single fiscal quarter should not be relied on as an indication of our annual results or future performance. In addition, any factors that harm our third fiscal quarter results of operations could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.
We buy and stock merchandise based upon seasonal weather patterns and therefore unseasonable or extreme weather could negatively impact our sales, financial condition and results of operations.
We buy and stock merchandise for sale based upon expected seasonal weather patterns. If we encounter unseasonable weather, such as warmer winters or cooler summers than would be considered typical, these weather variations could cause some of our merchandise to be inconsistent with what consumers wish to purchase, causing our sales to decline. In addition, weather conditions affect the demand for our products, which in turn has an impact on prices. In past years, weather conditions, including unseasonably warm weather in winter months, and extreme weather conditions, including snow and ice storms, flood and wind damage, hurricanes, tornadoes, extreme rain and droughts, have affected our sales and results of operations both positively and negatively. Furthermore, extended unseasonable weather conditions, particularly in California or Texas, will likely have a greater impact on our sales because of our store concentration in those regions. Our strategy is to remain flexible and to react to unseasonable and extreme weather conditions by adjusting our merchandise assortments and redirecting inventories to stores affected by the weather conditions. Should such a strategy not be effective, unseasonable or extreme weather may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
If we fail to obtain and retain high-visibility sponsorship or endorsement arrangements with celebrities, or if the reputation of any of the celebrities that we partner with is impaired, our business may suffer.
A principal component of our marketing program is to partner with well-known country music artists and other celebrities for sponsorship and endorsement arrangements. Although we have partnered with several well-known celebrities in this manner, some of these persons may not continue their endorsements, may not continue to succeed in their fields or may engage in activities which could bring disrepute on themselves and, in turn, on us and our brand image and products. We also may not be able to attract and partner with new celebrities that may emerge in the future. Competition for endorsers is significant and adverse publicity regarding us or our industry could make it more difficult to attract and retain endorsers. Any of these failures by us or the celebrities that we partner with could adversely affect our business and revenues.
Our management information systems and databases could be disrupted by system security failures, cyber threats or by the failure of, or lack of access to, our Enterprise Resource Planning system. These disruptions could negatively impact our sales, increase our expenses, subject us to liability and/or harm our reputation.
Hackers, computer programmers and internal users may be able to penetrate our network security and create system disruptions, cause shutdowns and misappropriate our confidential information or that of our employees and third parties, including our customers. Therefore, we could incur significant expenses addressing problems created by security breaches to our network. This risk is heightened because we collect and store customer information for marketing purposes, as well as debit and credit card information. We must, and do, take precautions to secure customer information and prevent unauthorized access to our database of confidential information. However, if unauthorized parties, including

26

Table of Contents
external hackers or computer programmers, gain access to our database, they may be able to steal this confidential information. Our failure to secure this information could result in costly litigation, adverse publicity or regulatory action, or result in customers discontinuing the use of debit or credit cards in our stores, or customers not shopping in our stores or on our e-commerce websites altogether. These consequences could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we procure from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture that could unexpectedly interfere with our operations. The cost to alleviate security risks and defects in software and hardware and to address any problems that occur could negatively impact our sales, distribution and other critical functions, as well as our financial results.
In recent years, there has been increasing regulatory enforcement and litigation activity in the area of privacy, data protection and information security in various states in which we operate. On June 28, 2018, California Governor Jerry Brown signed into law the comprehensive California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”), which will go into effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA requires certain companies to satisfy new requirements regarding the handling of personal and sensitive data, including its use, protection and the ability of California residents whose data is stored to know specifically what data types each company has collected on them and, if they so choose, the right to demand that such companies delete their data. Failure to comply with the CCPA requirements could result in civil penalties. The CCPA also provides a private right of action that allows consumers to seek, either individually or as a class, statutory or actual damages and injunctive and other relief, if their sensitive personal information is subject to unauthorized access and exfiltration, theft or disclosure as a result of a business's failure to implement and maintain required reasonable security procedures. New legislation or regulation such as the CCPA, including any potential comprehensive federal privacy legislation, as well as any associated inquiries or investigations or any other government actions, could be costly to comply with, result in negative publicity, increase our operating costs, require significant management time and attention, and subject us to remedies that may harm our business, including fines or demands or orders that we modify or cease existing business practices.
We operate our Enterprise Resource Planning system on a software-as-a-service platform, and we use this system for integrated point-of-sale, merchandising, planning, sales audit, customer relationship management, inventory control, loss prevention, purchase order management and business intelligence. Accordingly, we depend on this system, and the third-party provider of this service, for many aspects of our operations. If this service provider or this system fails, or if we are unable to continue to have access to this system on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, our operations would be severely disrupted until an equivalent system could be identified, licensed or developed, and integrated into our operations. This disruption would have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our failure to maintain adequate internal controls over our financial and management systems may cause errors in our financial reporting. These errors may cause a loss of investor confidence and result in a decline in the price of our common stock.
Our public company reporting obligations and our anticipated growth may place additional burdens on our financial and management systems, internal controls and employees. As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting. Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we are required to file a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
Maintaining internal controls is time consuming and costly. If we identify any material weaknesses or deficiencies that aggregate to a material weakness in our internal controls, we will have to implement appropriate changes to these controls, which may require specific compliance training for our directors, officers and employees, require the hiring of additional finance, accounting, legal and other personnel, entail substantial costs to modify our existing accounting systems and take a significant period of time to complete. Such changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. If we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, including because of an inability to remediate any such material weakness, if our management is unable to report that our internal control over financial reporting is effective when required, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected. As a result, our failure to maintain effective internal controls could result in us being subject to regulatory

27

Table of Contents
action and a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, both of which in turn could cause the market value of our common stock to decline and affect our ability to raise capital.
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our financial results may be negatively impacted.
Our success depends in large part on our brand image. Our name, logo, domain name and our private brands and other intellectual property are valuable assets that differentiate us from our competitors. We currently rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, trade dress and unfair competition laws to establish and protect our intellectual property rights, but the steps taken by us to protect our proprietary rights may be inadequate to prevent infringement of our trademarks and proprietary rights by others, including imitation and misappropriation of our brand. Additional obstacles may arise as we expand our product lines and geographic scope. Moreover, litigation may be necessary to protect or enforce these intellectual property rights, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, causing a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The unauthorized use or misappropriation of our intellectual property or our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could damage our brand image and the goodwill we have created, which could cause our sales to decline.
We have not registered any of our intellectual property outside of the U.S. with the exception of the Boot Barn tradename which was registered in Hong Kong. We cannot prohibit other companies from using our other trademarks in foreign countries. Use of these other trademarks in foreign countries could negatively impact our identity in the U.S. and cause our sales to decline.
We may be subject to liability if we, or our suppliers, infringe upon the intellectual property rights of third parties.
We may be subject to claims that our activities or the products that we sell infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others. Any such claims can be time consuming and costly to defend, and may divert our management’s attention and resources, even if the claims are meritless. If we were to be found liable for any such infringement, we could be required to enter into costly settlements or license agreements and could be subject to injunctions preventing further infringement. Such infringement claims could harm our brand image. In addition, any payments that we are required to make and any injunction with which we are required to comply as a result of such infringement actions could adversely affect our financial results.
We purchase merchandise from suppliers that may be subject to design copyrights or design patents, or otherwise may incorporate protected intellectual property. We are not involved in the manufacture of any of the merchandise we purchase from our suppliers for sale to our customers, and we do not independently investigate whether these suppliers legally hold intellectual property rights to merchandise that they are manufacturing or distributing. As a result, we rely upon the suppliers’ representations set forth in our purchase orders and supplier agreements concerning their right to sell us the products that we purchase from them. If a third party claims to have licensing rights with respect to merchandise we purchased from a supplier, or if we acquire unlicensed merchandise, we could be obligated to remove such merchandise from our stores, incur costs associated with destruction of such merchandise if the distributor or supplier is unwilling or unable to reimburse us and be subject to liability under various civil and criminal causes of action, including actions to recover unpaid royalties and other damages and injunctions. Any of these results could harm our brand image and have a material adverse effect on our business and growth.
Litigation costs and the outcome of litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our business is characterized by a high volume of customer traffic and by transactions involving a wide variety of product selections, each of which exposes us to a high risk of consumer litigation. From time to time we may be subject to litigation claims through the ordinary course of our business operations regarding, but not limited to, employment matters, compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, footwear, apparel and accessory safety standards, security of customer and employee personal information, contractual relations with suppliers, marketing and infringement of trademarks and other intellectual property rights. Litigation to defend ourselves against claims by third parties, or to enforce any rights that we may have against third parties, may be necessary, which could result in

28

Table of Contents
substantial costs and diversion of our resources, causing a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Issues with merchandise safety could damage our reputation, sales and financial results.
Various governmental authorities in the jurisdictions where we do business regulate the safety of the merchandise we sell to consumers. Regulations and standards in this area, including those related to the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008, state regulations like California's Proposition 65, and similar legislation, impose restrictions and requirements on the merchandise we sell in our stores and through e-commerce. These regulations change from time to time as new federal, state or local regulations are enacted. If we or our vendors are unable to comply with regulatory requirements on a timely basis or at all, significant fines or penalties could be incurred or we could have to curtail some aspects of our sales or operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
We rely on our vendors to provide quality merchandise that complies with applicable product safety laws and other applicable laws, but they may not comply with their obligations to do so. Although our arrangements with our vendors frequently provide for indemnification for product liabilities, the vendors may fail to honor those obligations to an extent we consider sufficient or at all. Issues with the safety of merchandise or customer concerns about such issues, regardless of our fault, could cause damage to our reputation and could result in lost sales, uninsured product liability claims or losses, merchandise recalls and increased costs, and regulatory, civil or criminal fines or penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Union attempts to organize our employees could negatively affect our business.
Currently, none of our employees are represented by a union. However, if some or all of our workforce were to unionize and the terms of the collective bargaining agreement were significantly different from our current compensation arrangements, it could increase our costs and adversely impact our profitability. Moreover, participation in labor unions could put us at increased risk of labor strikes and disruption of our operations. Responding to unionization attempts may distract management and our workforce. Any of these changes could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Violations of or changes in laws, including employment laws and laws related to our merchandise, could make conducting our business more expensive or change the way we do business.
We are subject to numerous regulations, including labor and employment, customs, truth-in-advertising, consumer protection, environmental and occupational safety requirements and zoning and occupancy laws and ordinances that regulate retailers generally, that govern the importation, promotion and sale of merchandise and/or that regulate the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. If these regulations were violated by our management, employees or suppliers, the costs of certain goods could increase, or we could experience delays in shipments of our goods, be subject to fines or penalties or suffer reputational harm, which could reduce demand for our merchandise and hurt our business and results of operations.
Similarly, changes in laws could make operating our business more expensive or require us to change the way we do business. In addition, changes in product safety or other consumer protection laws could lead to increased costs for certain merchandise, or additional labor costs associated with readying merchandise for sale. It may be difficult for us to foresee regulatory changes impacting our business and our actions needed to respond to changes in the law could be costly and may negatively impact our operations.
We may engage in strategic transactions that could negatively impact our liquidity, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management.
We have made strategic acquisitions in the past and may in the future consider strategic transactions and business arrangements, including, but not limited to, acquisitions, asset purchases, partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures and investments. The success of such a transaction is based on our ability to make accurate

29

Table of Contents
assumptions regarding the valuation, operations, growth potential, integration and other factors relating to the respective business. Acquisitions may result in difficulties in assimilating acquired companies and may result in the diversion of our capital and our management’s attention from other business issues and opportunities. We may be unable to successfully integrate operations that we acquire, including their personnel, financial systems, distribution, operations and general operating procedures. Any such transaction may require us to incur non-recurring or other charges, may increase our near and long-term expenditures and may pose significant integration challenges or disrupt our management or business, which could harm our operations and financial results.
Terrorism or civil unrest could negatively affect our business.
Terrorist attacks, threats of terrorist attacks or civil unrest involving public areas could cause people to avoid visiting some areas where our stores are located. Further, armed conflicts or acts of war throughout the world may create uncertainty, causing consumers to spend less on discretionary purchases, including on footwear, apparel and accessories, or disrupt our ability to obtain merchandise for our stores. Such decreases in consumer spending or disruptions in our ability to obtain merchandise would likely decrease our sales and materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
If our goodwill, intangible assets or long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.
We have a significant amount of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Our goodwill balance as of March 30, 2019 was $195.9 million as a result of recent acquisitions. Our intangible asset balance as of March 30, 2019 was $62.8 million. We test goodwill and intangible assets for impairment at least annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. Long-lived assets are tested for impairment only if indicators of impairment exist. Goodwill, intangible assets and long-lived assets are considered to be impaired when the net book value of the asset exceeds its estimated fair value. An impairment of a significant portion of our goodwill, intangible assets or long-lived assets could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related To Ownership of Our Common Stock
The market price and trading volume of our common stock have been and may continue to be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
The market for specialty retail stocks can be highly volatile. Since our IPO in October 2014 through March 30, 2019, our common stock has traded as high as $34.43 and as low as $5.20. An active, liquid and orderly market for our common stock may not be sustained, which could depress the trading price of our common stock or cause it to be highly volatile or subject to wide fluctuations. The market price of our common stock has and may continue to fluctuate or may decline significantly in the future and you could lose all or part of your investment. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common stock include:

	·		variations in our quarterly or annual financial results and operating performance and the performance of our competitors;	
	·		publication of research reports or recommendations by securities or industry analysts about us, our competitors or our industry, or a lack of such securities analyst coverage;	
	·		our failure or our competitors’ failure to meet analysts’ projections or guidance;	
	·		downgrades by any securities analysts who follow our common stock;	
	·		our levels of same store sales;	
	·		sales or anticipated sales of large blocks of our common stock;	

30

Table of Contents

	·		changes to our management team;	
	·		regulatory developments negatively affecting our industry;	
	·		changes in stock market valuations of our competitors;	
	·		the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our common stock;	
	·		the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC;	
	·		the performance and successful integration of any new stores that we open or acquire;	
	·		actions by competitors;	
	·		announcements by us or our competitors of new product offerings or significant acquisitions;	
	·		short selling of our common stock by investors;	
	·		limited “public float” in the hands of a small number of persons whose sales or lack of sales of our common stock could result in positive or negative pricing pressure on the market price for our common stock;	
	·		fluctuations in the stock markets generally and in the market for shares in the retail sector particularly; and	
	·		changes in general market and economic conditions.	
Further, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation, should it materialize, could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation. The threat or filing of class action litigation could cause the price of our common stock to decline.
Anti‑takeover provisions in our corporate organizational documents and current credit facility and under Delaware law may delay, deter or prevent a takeover of us and the replacement or removal of our management, even if such a change of control would benefit our stockholders.
The anti‑takeover provisions under Delaware law, as well as the provisions contained in our corporate organizational documents, may make an acquisition of us more difficult. For example:

	·		our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision authorizing our board of directors to issue blank check preferred stock without stockholder approval, which, if issued, would increase the number of outstanding shares of our capital stock and make it more difficult for a stockholder to acquire us;	
	·		our amended and restated bylaws provide that director vacancies and newly created directorships can only be filled by an affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office;	
	·		our amended and restated bylaws require advance notice of stockholder proposals and director nominations;	
	·		our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors may adopt, amend, add to, modify or repeal our amended and restated bylaws without stockholder approval;	

31

Table of Contents

	·		our amended and restated bylaws do not permit our stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting unless that action is taken with regard to a matter that has been approved by our board of directors or requires the approval only of certain classes or series of our stock;	
	·		our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains a requirement that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, certain proceedings against or involving us or our directors, officers or employees must be brought exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum;	
	·		our amended and restated bylaws do not permit our stockholders to call special meetings; and	
	·		the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, may prevent any stockholder or group of stockholders owning at least 15% of our common stock from completing a merger or acquisition of us.	
Our debt instruments also contain provisions that could have the effect of making it more difficult or less attractive for a third party to acquire control of us. Our current credit facility provides that a change of control constitutes an event of default under such credit facility and would permit the lenders to declare the indebtedness incurred thereunder to be immediately due and payable. Our future credit facilities may contain similar provisions. The need to repay all such indebtedness may deter potential third parties from acquiring us.
Under these various provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and current credit facility, a takeover attempt or third‑party acquisition of us, including a takeover attempt that may result in a premium over the market price for shares of our common stock, could be delayed, deterred or prevented. In addition, these provisions may prevent the market price of our common stock from increasing in response to actual or rumored takeover attempts and may also prevent changes in our management. As a result, these anti‑takeover and change of control provisions may limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research and reports or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research and reports about our business, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If securities or industry analyst coverage of one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause the price of our common stock and trading volume to decline.
We do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock, which may make our common stock less desirable to investors and decrease its value.
We intend to retain all of our available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity, legal requirements and restrictions that may be imposed by the terms of our current credit facility and in any future financing instruments. Therefore, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price increases above the price at which you purchased it, which may never occur.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comment  s
None.

32

Table of Contents

Item 2. Propertie  s
Our Store Support Center, e-commerce operations and distribution centers are located in California, Kansas, and Texas. As of March 30, 2019, our Store Support Center is in Irvine, California, where we occupy an 84,580 square foot building. The lease will expire August 31, 2022, and contains an option to renew for five years beyond the lease expiry date. Our distribution center in Fontana, California, is located in a 199,245 square-foot building where we currently hold inventory to support our private brand initiatives, bulk purchasing programs, event sales, and new store openings. Our Fontana, California lease expires February 28, 2021, and contains two options to renew, each for a period of five years. We also occupy a 3,021 square foot office space in one of our stores in Frisco, Texas. In Wichita, Kansas, we lease a 90,000 square foot distribution center to support our e-commerce business and 30,000 square feet of office space. This lease expires July 31, 2027 and contains four options to renew, each for a period of five years. During fiscal 2019 we entered into an additional lease in Wichita, Kansas, for two buildings totaling 21,275 square feet. Both buildings are being used as distribution centers to support our e-commerce business. The lease expires September 30, 2023 and does not contain an option to renew. 
Most of our stores are occupied under operating leases. The store leases generally have a base lease term of five or 10 years, with one or more renewal periods of five years, on average, exercisable at our option. Fifteen of our 240 store leases will reach their termination date during fiscal 2020, and none of these leases contain an option to automatically extend the lease term. We are generally responsible for the payment of property taxes and insurance, utilities and common area maintenance fees.
Item 3. Legal Proceeding  s
On April 28, 2016, two employees, on behalf of themselves and all other similarly situated employees, filed a wage-and-hour class action, which includes claims for penalties under California’s Private Attorney General Act, in the Fresno County Superior Court, Case No. 16 CE CG 01330, alleging violations of California’s wage and hour, overtime, meal break and statement of wages rules and regulations, among other things. On April 10, 2017, the Company reached a settlement with the employees for an amount that is not material to the consolidated financial statements. The amount of the settlement was previously accrued until payment was made to the employees in August 2018.
Additionally, we are involved, from time to time, in litigation that is incidental to our business. We have reviewed these matters to determine if reserves are required for losses that are probable and reasonable to estimate in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, Contingencies . We evaluate such reserves, if any, based upon several criteria, including the merits of each claim, settlement discussions and advice from outside legal counsel, as well as indemnification of amounts expended by our insurers or others, if any.
During the normal course of our business, we have made certain indemnifications and commitments under which we may be required to make payments for certain transactions. These indemnifications include those given to various lessors in connection with facility leases for certain claims arising from such facility leases, and indemnifications to our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. The majority of these indemnifications and commitments do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments we could be obligated to make, and their duration may be indefinite. We have not recorded any liability for these indemnifications and commitments in the consolidated balance sheets as the impact is expected to be immaterial.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosure  s
Not applicable.

33

Table of Contents

PART I  I
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equit  y, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Our common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BOOT” since October 30, 2014, the day after our initial public offering. As of May 22, 2019, we had 2 stockholders of record. The number of stockholders of record is based upon the actual number of stockholders registered at such date and does not include holders of shares in “street names” or persons, partnerships, associations, corporations or other entities identified in security position listings maintained by depositories.
Dividends
Our common stock began trading on October 30, 2014, following our initial public offering. Since that time, we have not declared any cash dividends, and we do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on dividends.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 (the “2019 Proxy Statement”).
Stock Performance Graph
The graph set forth below compares the cumulative stockholder return on our common stock between October 30, 2014 (the day after our initial public offering) and March 30, 2019 to the cumulative return of (i) the NYSE Composite Total Return index and (ii) an index of peer and comparable companies as determined by the Company (“Peer Group”). The companies currently comprising the Peer Group are: The Buckle, Inc.; Caleres, Inc.; DSW, Inc.; Foot Locker, Inc.; Genesco, Inc.; Tractor Supply Co.; Wolverine World Wide, Inc.; and Zumiez, Inc. Cabela’s Inc. and Finish Line, Inc. which had previously been part of the Peer Group, were acquired in 2017 and 2018, respectively, and are no longer public companies. As a result, Cabela’s Inc. and Finish Line, Inc. have been removed from the Peer Group Index and Stock Performance Graph beginning in the fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019 periods presented, respectively. This graph assumes an initial investment of $100 on October 30, 2014 in our common stock, the NYSE Composite Total Return index and the Peer Group, and assumes the reinvestment of dividends, if any. The graph also assumes that the initial price of our common stock, the NYSE composite Total Return index and the Peer Group on October 30, 2014 were the closing prices on that trading day.

34

Table of Contents

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return
Assumes Initial Investment of $100
October 2014 - March 2019

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Cumulative Total Return	
 	    	March 28,	    	March 26,	 	April 1,	 	March 31,	 	March 30,	
 	 	2015	 	2016	 	2017	 	2018	 	2019	
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.	 	
133.01	 	53.52	 	56.68	 	101.60	 	168.71	
NYSE Composite—Total Return	 	
102.80	 	97.53	 	114.09	 	126.75	 	132.51	
Peer Group	 	
115.14	 	109.27	 	109.84	 	100.19	 	135.57	

Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Dat  a
The following tables present our selected consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 30, 2019, March 31, 2018, and April 1, 2017, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018 from the audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of April 1, 2017, March 26, 2016, and March 28, 2015, and the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 26, 2016, and March 28, 2015, are derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included elsewhere in this report. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period .
The consolidated statement of operations data and consolidated balance sheet data include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Sheplers since its date of acquisition in June 2015.

35

Table of Contents

You should read the following selected consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this report.

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended (1)	 	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(in thousands, except per share and	 	March 30,	 	March 31,	 	April 1,	 	 	March 26,	 	March 28,	 	
selected store data)	 	2019	 	2018	 	2017	 	 	2016	 	2015	 	
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	776,854	 	$	677,949	 	$	629,816	 	$	569,020	 	$	402,684	 	
Cost of goods sold	 	 	525,420	 	 	470,034	 	 	439,930	 	 	396,317	 	 	267,907	 	
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	(500)	 	 	—	 	
Total cost of goods sold	 	 	525,420	 	 	470,034	 	 	439,930	 	 	395,817	 	 	267,907	 	
Gross profit	 	 	251,434	 	 	207,915	 	 	189,886	 	 	173,203	 	 	134,777	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	187,112	 	 	161,660	 	 	152,068	 	 	142,078	 	 	99,341	 	
Acquisition-related expenses (2)	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	891	 	 	—	 	
Total operating expenses	 	 	187,112	 	 	161,660	 	 	152,068	 	 	142,969	 	 	99,341	 	
Income from operations	 	 	64,322	 	 	46,255	 	 	37,818	 	 	30,234	 	 	35,436	 	
Interest expense, net	 	 	16,331	 	 	15,076	 	 	14,699	 	 	12,923	 	 	13,291	 	
Other income, net	 	 	 5	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	51	 	
Income before income taxes	 	 	47,996	 	 	31,179	 	 	23,119	 	 	17,311	 	 	22,196	 	
Income tax expense	 	 	8,974	 	 	2,300	 	 	8,922	 	 	7,443	 	 	8,466	 	
Net income	 	 	39,022	 	 	28,879	 	 	14,197	 	 	9,868	 	 	13,730	 	
Net income attributed to non-controlling interest	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 4	 	
Net income attributed to Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.	 	$	39,022	 	$	28,879	 	$	14,197	 	$	9,868	 	$	13,726	 	
Net income per share: (3)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic shares	 	$	1.39	 	$	1.08	 	$	0.54	 	$	0.38	 	$	0.56	 	
Diluted shares	 	$	1.35	 	$	1.05	 	$	0.53	 	$	0.37	 	$	0.54	 	
Weighted average shares outstanding: (3)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic shares	 	 	28,092	 	 	26,744	 	 	26,459	 	 	26,170	 	 	22,126	 	
Diluted shares	 	 	28,813	 	 	27,528	 	 	26,939	 	 	26,955	 	 	22,888	 	
Other Financial Data (unaudited):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA (4)	 	$	83,229	 	$	63,383	 	$	54,528	 	$	44,250	 	$	44,694	 	
Adjusted EBITDA (4)	 	$	87,323	 	$	66,030	 	$	59,167	 	$	59,554	 	$	48,232	 	
Adjusted EBIT (4)	 	$	68,421	 	$	48,902	 	$	42,457	 	$	45,538	 	$	39,025	 	
Capital expenditures	 	$	27,525	 	$	24,418	 	$	22,293	 	$	36,127	 	$	14,074	 	
Selected Store Data (unaudited):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Same Store Sales growth/(decline)	 	 	10.0	%  	 	5.2	%  	 	0.3	%  	 	(0.1)	%  	 	7.3	%  	
Stores operating at end of period	 	 	240	 	 	226	 	 	219	 	 	208	 	 	169	 	
Total retail store square footage, end of period (in thousands)*	 	 	2,539	 	 	2,377	 	 	2,297	 	 	2,207	 	 	1,671	 	
Average store square footage, end of period*	 	 	10,580	 	 	10,517	 	 	10,486	 	 	10,609	 	 	9,890	 	
Average net sales per store (in thousands) (5)	 	$	2,646	 	$	2,438	 	$	2,330	 	$	2,312	 	$	2,259	 	

36

Table of Contents

 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	    	March 30,	    	March 31,	    	April 1,	 	March 26,	 	March 28,	
(in thousands)	 	2019	 	2018	 	2017	 	2016	 	2015	
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	16,614	 	$	9,016	 	$	8,035	 	$	7,195	 	$	1,448	
Working capital (6)	 	 	108,786	 	 	102,119	 	 	102,803	 	 	93,575	 	 	75,134	
Total assets	 	 	636,075	 	 	587,941	 	 	565,581	 	 	539,326	 	 	326,128	
Total debt, net	 	 	174,264	 	 	204,206	 	 	225,853	 	 	242,429	 	 	89,826	
Stockholders’ equity	 	 	264,164	 	 	214,606	 	 	179,909	 	 	161,490	 	 	142,422	

*Note: The Company has changed the presentation of square footage to represent the estimated selling square footage in each of its stores and has presented the comparable information for prior years presented using the new measurement.
 
	(1)		We operate on a fiscal calendar that results in a 52- or 53-week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of March unless April 1 st  is a Saturday, in which case the fiscal year ends on April 1 st . In a 52-week fiscal year, each quarter includes thirteen weeks of operations; in a 53-week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include thirteen weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes fourteen weeks of operations. The data presented contains references to fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, which represent our fiscal years ended March 30, 2019, March 31, 2018, April 1, 2017, March 26, 2016, and March 28, 2015, respectively. Fiscal 2019, 2018, 2016, and 2015 were each 52-week periods, and fiscal 2017 was a 53-week period. The data includes the activity of Sheplers from June 2015, its date of acquisition.	
	(2)		Represents costs incurred in connection with the acquisition of Sheplers.	
	(3)		The indicated data gives effect to the 25-for-1 stock split of our common stock effected October 27, 2014.	
	(4)		EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP. We define EBITDA as net income adjusted to exclude income tax expense, net interest expense and depreciation and intangible asset amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted to exclude certain non-cash expenses, such as stock‑based compensation and the non‑cash accrual for future award redemptions, and other costs and expenses that are not directly related to our operations, including acquisition-related expenses, acquisition‑related integration costs, amortization of inventory fair value adjustment, loss on disposal of assets and contract termination costs from store closures, store impairment charges, secondary offering costs and other due diligence expenses. Similar to Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBIT excludes the aforementioned adjustments while maintaining the impact of depreciation and amortization on our financial results. We include EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT in this report because they are important financial measures used by our management, board of directors and lenders to assess our operating performance. See “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Assess the Performance of Our Business—EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT” for more information about management’s use of these measures and why we consider them to be important. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT should not be considered in isolation or as alternatives to net income or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Given that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT are measures not deemed to be in accordance with GAAP and are susceptible to varying calculations, our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, including companies in our industry, because other companies may calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT in a different manner than we calculate these measures. The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT to our net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:	

37

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal Year Ended (1)	 	
 	March 30,	 	March 31,	 	April 1,	 	March 26,	 	March 28,	 	
(in thousands)	2019	 	2018	 	2017	 	2016	 	2015	 	
EBITDA Reconciliation (Unaudited):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	$	39,022	 	$	28,879	 	$	14,197	 	$	9,868	 	$	13,730	 	
Income tax expense	 	8,974	 	 	2,300	 	 	8,922	 	 	7,443	 	 	8,466	 	
Interest expense, net	 	16,331	 	 	15,076	 	 	14,699	 	 	12,923	 	 	13,291	 	
Depreciation and intangible asset amortization	 	18,902	 	 	17,128	 	 	16,710	 	 	14,016	 	 	9,207	 	
EBITDA	 	83,229	 	 	63,383	 	 	54,528	 	 	44,250	 	 	44,694	 	
Non-cash stock-based compensation (a)	 	2,873	 	 	2,248	 	 	3,023	 	 	2,881	 	 	2,048	 	
Non-cash accrual for future award redemptions (b)	 	567	 	 	(230)	 	 	85	 	 	 4	 	 	(49)	 	
Acquisition-related expenses (c)	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	891	 	 	 —	 	
Acquisition-related integration costs (d)	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	10,338	 	 	 —	 	
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment (e)	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	(500)	 	 	 —	 	
Loss on disposal of assets and contract termination costs (f)	 	23	 	 	252	 	 	367	 	 	1,373	 	 	134	 	
Store impairment charge (g)	 	455	 	 	83	 	 	1,164	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	
Secondary offering costs (h)	 	176	 	 	294	 	 	 —	 	 	317	 	 	541	 	
Other due diligence expenses (i)	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	864	 	
Adjusted EBITDA	$	87,323	 	$	66,030	 	$	59,167	 	$	59,554	 	$	48,232	 	
Depreciation and intangible asset amortization	 	(18,902)	 	 	(17,128)	 	 	(16,710)	 	 	(14,016)	 	 	(9,207)	 	
Adjusted EBIT	$	68,421	 	$	48,902	 	$	42,457	 	$	45,538	 	$	39,025	 	

	(a)		Represents non‑cash compensation expenses related to stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units granted to certain of our employees and directors.	
	(b)		Represents the non‑cash accrual for future award redemptions in connection with our customer loyalty program.	
	(c)		Includes direct costs and fees related to the acquisition of Sheplers, which we acquired in June 2015.	
	(d)		Represents certain store integration, remerchandising, inventory obsolescence and corporate consolidation costs incurred in connection with the integration of Sheplers, which we acquired in June 2015. Fiscal 2016 includes an adjustment to normalize the gross margin impact of sales of discontinued inventory from Sheplers, which was sold at a discount or written off. The adjustment assumes such inventory was sold at Sheplers’ normalized margin rate.	
	(e)		Represents the amortization of purchase‑accounting adjustments that adjusted the value of inventory acquired to its fair value.	
	(f)		Represents loss on disposal of assets and contract termination costs from store closures and unused office and warehouse space.	
	(g)		Represents store impairment charges recorded in order to reduce the carrying amount of the assets to their estimated fair values.	
	(h)		Represents professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with secondary offerings conducted in January 2018, May 2018 and February 2015 and a Form S-1 Registration Statement filed in July 2015 and withdrawn in November 2015 .	
	(i)		Represents professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with a prior due diligence process of Sheplers.	
	(5)		Average net sales per store is calculated by dividing net sales for the applicable period by the number of stores	

38

Table of Contents

operating at the end of the period. For the purpose of calculating net sales per store, e‑commerce sales and certain other revenues are excluded from net sales.	
	(6)		Working capital is calculated as current assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents, minus current liabilities, excluding the current portion of debt under our credit facilities.	
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysi  s of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this annual report, as well as the information presented under “Selected Consolidated Financial Data”. The statements in the following discussion and analysis regarding expectations about our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and any other non‑historical statements in this discussion and analysis are forward‑looking statements. These forward‑looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described under “Risk Factors” and “Forward‑Looking Statements” elsewhere in this annual report. Our actual results could differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward‑looking statements.
Overview
We are the largest lifestyle retail chain devoted to western and work‑related footwear, apparel and accessories in the U.S. As of March 30, 2019, we operated 240 stores in 33 states, as well as an e-commerce channel, consisting primarily of www.bootbarn.com,  www.sheplers.com and www.countryoutfitter.com. Our stores feature a comprehensive assortment of brands and styles, coupled with attentive, knowledgeable store associates. Our product offering is anchored by an extensive selection of western and work boots and is complemented by a wide assortment of coordinating apparel and accessories. Many of the items that we offer are basics or necessities for our customers’ daily lives and typically represent enduring styles that are not meaningfully impacted by changing fashion trends.
We strive to offer an authentic, one‑stop shopping experience that fulfills the everyday lifestyle needs of our customers, and as a result, many of our customers make purchases in both the western and work wear sections of our stores. We target a broad and growing demographic, ranging from passionate western and country enthusiasts, to workers seeking dependable, high‑quality footwear and clothing. Our broad geographic footprint, which comprises approximately three times as many stores as our nearest direct competitor that sells primarily western and work wear, provides us with significant economies of scale, enhanced supplier relationships, the ability to recruit and retain high quality store associates and the ability to reinvest in our business at levels that we believe exceed those of our competition.
For a discussion of factors that affect the comparability of our results of operations, see “Item 1—Business—Recent Acquisitions.”
Growth Strategies and Outlook
We plan to continue to expand our business, increase our sales growth and profitability and enhance our competitive position by executing the following strategies:

	·		continuing omni-channel leadership;	
	·		driving same store sales growth;	
	·		building our private brand portfolio;	
	·		expanding our store base;	
	·		enhancing brand awareness; and	

39

Table of Contents

	·		increasing profitability.	
Since the founding of Boot Barn in 1978, we have grown both organically and through successful strategic acquisitions of competing chains. We have rebranded and remerchandised the acquired chains under the Boot Barn banner, resulting in sales increases over their original concepts. We believe that our business model and scale provide us with competitive advantages that have contributed to our consistent financial performance, generating sufficient cash flow to support national growth.
How We Assess the Performance of Our Business
In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key indicators we use to evaluate the financial condition and operating performance of our business are net sales and gross profit. In addition, we also review other important metrics, such as same store sales, new store openings, selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT. See “Item 6, Selected Consolidated Financial Data” for our definition of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT, and for a reconciliation of our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. See “EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT” below for further discussion of why we present EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT.
Net sales
Net sales reflect revenue from the sale of our merchandise at retail locations, as well as sales of merchandise through our e‑commerce websites. We recognize revenue upon the purchase of merchandise by customers at our stores and upon delivery of the product in the case of our e‑commerce websites. Net sales also include shipping and handling fees for e‑commerce shipments that have been delivered to our customers. Net sales are net of returns on sales during the period as well as an estimate of returns and award redemptions expected in the future stemming from current period sales. Revenue from the sale of gift cards is deferred until the gift cards are used to purchase merchandise.
Our business is moderately seasonal and as a result our revenues fluctuate from quarter to quarter. In addition, our revenues in any given quarter can be affected by a number of factors including the timing of holidays and weather patterns. The third quarter of our fiscal year, which includes the Christmas shopping season, has historically produced higher sales and disproportionately higher operating results than the other quarters of our fiscal year. In addition, neither the western nor the work component of our business has been meaningfully impacted by fashion trends or seasonality historically. We believe that many of our customers are driven primarily by utility and brand, and our best‑selling styles.
Same store sales
The term “same store sales” generally refers to net sales from stores that have been open at least 13 full fiscal months as of the end of the current reporting period, although we include or exclude stores from our calculation of same store sales in accordance with the following additional criteria:

	·		stores that are closed for five or fewer days in any fiscal month are included in same store sales;	
	·		stores that are closed temporarily, but for more than five days in any fiscal month, are excluded from same store sales beginning in the fiscal month in which the temporary closure begins until the first full month of operation once the store re‑opens (and for the comparable periods of the prior or subsequent fiscal periods for comparative purposes);	
	·		stores that are closed temporarily and relocated within their respective trade areas are included in same store sales;	

40

Table of Contents

	·		stores that are permanently closed are excluded from same store sales beginning in the month preceding closure (and for the comparable periods of the prior or subsequent fiscal periods for comparative purposes); and	
	·		acquired stores are added to same store sales beginning on the later of (a) the applicable acquisition date and (b) the first day of the first fiscal month after the store has been open for at least 13 full fiscal months regardless of whether the store has been operated under our management or predecessor management.	
If the criteria described with respect to acquired stores above are met, then all net sales of an acquired store, excluding those net sales before our acquisition of that store, are included for the period presented. However, when an acquired store is included for the period presented, the net sales of such acquired store for periods before its acquisition are included (to the extent relevant) for purposes of calculating “same stores sales growth” and illustrating the comparison between the applicable periods. Pre‑acquisition net sales numbers are derived from the books and records of the acquired company, as prepared prior to the acquisition, and have not been independently verified by us. Beginning on their respective dates of acquisition, sales from the acquired Wood’s Boots stores, Lone Star stores and Drysdales stores have been included in same store sales.
In addition to retail store sales, same store sales also includes e‑commerce sales, e‑commerce shipping and handling revenue and actual retail store or e‑commerce sales returns. We exclude gift card escheatment, provision for sales returns and future loyalty award redemptions from sales in our calculation of net sales per store. Sales as a result of an e-commerce asset acquisition, such as Country Outfitter, are excluded from same store sales until the 13 th full fiscal month subsequent to the Company’s acquisition of such assets.
Measuring the change in year‑over‑year same store sales allows us to evaluate how our store base is performing. Numerous factors affect our same store sales, including:

	·		national and regional economic trends;	
	·		our ability to identify and respond effectively to regional consumer preferences;	
	·		changes in our product mix;	
	·		changes in pricing;	
	·		competition;	
	·		changes in the timing of promotional and advertising efforts;	
	·		holidays or seasonal periods; and	
	·		weather.	
Opening new stores is an important part of our growth strategy. We opened or acquired 17, 9 and 12 stores in fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017. Included in these added stores are 12, 5, and 12 new stores in fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, and 5, 4, and 0 acquired stores in fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We also closed three stores, two stores, and one store in fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. We anticipate that a percentage of our net sales in the near future will come from stores not included in our same store sales calculation. Accordingly, same store sales are only one measure we use to assess the success of our business and growth strategy. Some of our competitors and other retailers may calculate “same” or “comparable” store sales differently than we do. As a result, data in this annual report regarding our same store sales may not be comparable to similar data made available by other retailers.

41

Table of Contents

New store openings
New store openings reflect the number of stores, excluding acquired stores, that are opened during a particular reporting period. In connection with opening new stores, we incur pre‑opening costs. Pre‑opening costs consist of costs incurred prior to opening a new store and primarily consist of manager and other employee payroll, travel and training costs, marketing expenses, initial opening supplies and costs of transporting initial inventory and certain fixtures to store locations, as well as occupancy costs incurred from the time that we take possession of a store site to the opening of that store. Occupancy costs are included in cost of goods sold and the other pre‑opening costs are included in SG&A expenses. All of these costs are expensed as incurred.
New stores often open with a period of high sales levels, which subsequently decrease to normalized sales volumes. In addition, we experience typical inefficiencies in the form of higher labor, advertising and other direct operating expenses, and as a result, store‑level profit margins at our new stores are generally lower during the start‑up period of operation. The number and timing of store openings have had, and are expected to continue to have, a significant impact on our results of operations. In assessing the performance of a new store, we review its actual sales against the sales that we projected that store to achieve at the time we initially approved its opening. We also review the actual number of stores opened in a fiscal year against the number of store openings that we included in our budget at the beginning of that fiscal year.
Gross profit
Gross profit is equal to our net sales less our cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, obsolescence and shrinkage provisions, store and warehouse occupancy costs (including rent, depreciation and utilities), inbound and outbound freight, supplier allowances, occupancy‑related taxes, compensation costs for merchandise purchasing and warehouse personnel, and other inventory acquisition‑related costs. These costs are significant and can be expected to continue to increase as we grow. The components of our reported cost of goods sold may not be comparable to those of other retail companies, including our competitors.
Our gross profit generally follows changes in net sales. We regularly analyze the components of gross profit, as well as gross profit as a percentage of net sales. Specifically, we examine the initial markup on purchases, markdowns and reserves, shrinkage, buying costs, distribution costs and occupancy costs. Any inability to obtain acceptable levels of initial markups, or a significant increase in our use of markdowns or in inventory shrinkage, or a significant increase in freight and other inventory acquisition costs could have an adverse impact on our gross profit and results of operations.
Gross profit is also impacted by shifts in the proportion of sales of our private brand products compared to third‑party brand products, as well as by sales mix shifts within and between brands and between major product categories such as footwear, apparel or accessories.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Our selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses are composed of labor and related expenses, other operating expenses, and general and administrative expenses not included in cost of goods sold. Specifically, our SG&A expenses include the following:

	·		Labor and related expenses —Labor and related expenses include all store‑level salaries and hourly labor costs, including salaries, wages, benefits and performance incentives, labor taxes and other indirect labor costs.	
	·		Other operating expenses —Other operating expenses include all operating costs, including those for advertising, pay-per-click, marketing campaigns, operating supplies, utilities, and repairs and maintenance, as well as credit card fees and costs of third‑party services.	
	·		General and administrative expenses —General and administrative expenses comprise expenses associated with corporate and administrative functions that support the development and operations of our stores,	

42

Table of Contents

including compensation and benefits, travel expenses, corporate occupancy costs, stock compensation costs, legal and professional fees, insurance and other related corporate costs.	
The components of our SG&A expenses may not be comparable to those of our competitors and other retailers. We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses will increase in future periods as a result of incremental share‑based compensation, legal, accounting and other compliance‑related expenses and increases resulting from growth in the number of our stores.
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT are important financial measures used by our management, board of directors and lenders to assess our operating performance. We use EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT as key performance measures because we believe that they facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period by excluding potential differences primarily caused by the impact of variations from period to period in tax positions, interest expense and depreciation and amortization, as well as, in the case of Adjusted EBITDA, excluding certain non‑cash expenses, such as stock‑based compensation and the non‑cash accrual for future award redemptions, and other costs and expenses that are not directly related to our operations, including acquisition-related expenses, acquisition‑related integration costs, amortization of inventory fair value adjustment, loss on disposal of assets and contract termination costs from store closures, store impairment charges, secondary offering costs, and other due diligence expenses. Similar to Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBIT excludes the aforementioned adjustments while maintaining the impact of depreciation and amortization on our financial results. See “Item 6, Selected Consolidated Financial Data” for a reconciliation of our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Because EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT facilitate internal comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis, we also use EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT for business planning purposes, in calculating covenant compliance for our credit facilities, in determining incentive compensation for members of our management and in evaluating acquisition opportunities. In addition, we believe that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, ratings agencies and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of financial performance and debt‑service capabilities. Given that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT are measures not deemed to be in accordance with GAAP and are susceptible to varying calculations, our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, including companies in our industry, because other companies may calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT in a different manner than we calculate these measures.
Fiscal Year
We operate on a fiscal calendar which results in a 52‑ or 53‑week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of March unless April 1st is a Saturday, in which case the fiscal year ends on April 1st. In a 52‑week fiscal year, each quarter includes thirteen weeks of operations; in a 53‑week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include thirteen weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes fourteen weeks of operations. For ease of reference, we identify our fiscal years by reference to the calendar year in which the fiscal year ends.
Results of Operations
The following table summarizes key components of our results of operations for the periods indicated, both in dollars and as a percentage of our net sales. The following discussion contains references to fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018 and

43

Table of Contents
fiscal 2017, which represent our fiscal years ended March 30, 2019, March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017. Fiscal 2019 was a 52-week period, fiscal 2018 was a 52-week period and fiscal 2017 was a 53-week period.

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	
 	 	March 30,	    	March 31,	    	April 1,	 	
(dollars in thousands)	    	2019	 	2018	 	2017	 	
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	776,854	 	$	677,949	 	$	629,816	 	
Cost of goods sold	 	 	525,420	 	 	470,034	 	 	439,930	 	
Gross profit	 	 	251,434	 	 	207,915	 	 	189,886	 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	187,112	 	 	161,660	 	 	152,068	 	
Income from operations	 	 	64,322	 	 	46,255	 	 	37,818	 	
Interest expense, net	 	 	16,331	 	 	15,076	 	 	14,699	 	
Other income, net	 	 	 5	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	
Income before income taxes	 	 	47,996	 	 	31,179	 	 	23,119	 	
Income tax expense	 	 	8,974	 	 	2,300	 	 	8,922	 	
Net income	 	$	39,022	 	$	28,879	 	$	14,197	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Percentage of Net Sales (1) :	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	 	100.0	%  	 	100.0	%  	 	100.0	%  	
Cost of goods sold	 	 	67.6	%  	 	69.3	%  	 	69.9	%  	
Gross profit	 	 	32.4	%  	 	30.7	%  	 	30.1	%  	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	24.1	%  	 	23.8	%  	 	24.1	%  	
Income from operations	 	 	8.3	%  	 	6.8	%  	 	6.0	%  	
Interest expense, net	 	 	2.1	%  	 	2.2	%  	 	2.3	%  	
Other income, net	 	 	 —	%  	 	 —	%  	 	 —	%  	
Income before income taxes	 	 	6.2	%  	 	4.6	%  	 	3.7	%  	
Income tax expense	 	 	1.2	%  	 	0.3	%  	 	1.4	%  	
Net income	 	 	5.0	%  	 	4.3	%  	 	2.3	%  	

	(1)		Percentages may not total 100% due to rounding.	
 
Fiscal 2019 compared to Fiscal 2018
Net sales. Net sales in fiscal 2019 increased by $98.9 million, or 14.6%, to $776.9 million compared to $677.9 million in fiscal 2018. Consolidated same store sales increased 10.0%. Excluding the impact of the 12.2% increase in e-commerce same store sales, same store sales increased by 9.5%. Net sales increased due to the increase in same store sales during fiscal 2019, the sales contribution from acquired stores and sales from new stores added over the past twelve months.
Gross profit. Gross profit increased by $43.5 million, or 20.9%, to $251.4 million in fiscal 2019 from $207.9 million in fiscal 2018. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit was 32.4% and 30.7% for fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively. Gross profit increased primarily due to increased sales and an increase in merchandise margin rate. As a percentage of net sales, consolidated gross profit primarily increased as a result of a 110 basis point increase in merchandise margin rate and a  60 basis point decrease in buying and occupancy costs. The higher merchandise margin was driven by better full-price selling and growth in exclusive brand penetration.
Selling, general and administrative expenses. SG&A expenses increased by $25.5 million, or 15.7%, to $187.1 million in fiscal 2019 from $161.7 million in fiscal 2018. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 24.1% for fiscal 2019 compared to 23.8% for fiscal 2018. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased primarily as a result of additional costs to support higher sales and expenses for both new and acquired stores. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased primarily as a result of higher incentive compensation, the marketing launch of Idyllwind , and a gain from insurance claims in fiscal 2018 that did not occur in fiscal 2019.

44

Table of Contents

Income from operations.  Income from operations increased by $18.1 million, or 39.1%, to $64.3 million for fiscal 2019 from $46.3 million for fiscal 2018. As a percentage of net sales, income from operations was 8.3% and 6.8% for fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively. The change in income from operations was attributable to the factors noted above.
Interest expense. Interest expense, net, increased by $1.3 million, or 8.3%, to $16.3 million in fiscal 2019 from $15.1 million in fiscal 2018. The increase in interest expense, net was primarily the result of higher interest rates associated with the debt as compared to fiscal 2018, partially offset by a lower debt balance in the current year.
Income tax expense. Income tax expense was $9.0 million in fiscal 2019 compared to $2.3 million in fiscal 2018. Our effective tax rate was 18.7% and 7.4% for fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2019 is higher than fiscal 2018 due to a $7.0 million tax benefit related to the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities in fiscal 2018, partially offset by a higher tax benefit from stock option exercises and restricted stock vestings in fiscal 2019.
Net income. Net income increased by $10.1 million, or 35.1%, to $39.0 million in fiscal 2019 from net income of $28.9 million in fiscal 2018. The change in net income was attributable to the factors noted above.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT.  Adjusted EBITDA increased by $21.3 million, or 32.2%, to $87.3 million for fiscal 2019 from $66.0 million for fiscal 2018. Adjusted EBIT increased by $19.5 million, or 39.9%, to $68.4 million for fiscal 2019 from $48.9 million for fiscal 2018. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT was primarily a result of the year-over-year increase in income from operations driven by an increase in gross profit.
Fiscal 2018 compared to Fiscal 2017
Net sales. Net sales in fiscal 2018 increased by $48.1 million, or 7.6%, to $677.9 million compared to $629.8 million in fiscal 2017. Consolidated same store sales increased 5.2%. Excluding the impact of the 1.2% increase in e-commerce same store sales, same store sales increased by 6.1%. Net sales increased due to the increase in same store sales, the sales contribution from five new stores opened over the past twelve months and the four stores acquired from Wood’s Boots, and sales from the Country Outfitter site that was acquired in February 2017. Sales growth was partially offset by sales from the 53rd week in the prior year.
Gross profit. Gross profit increased by $18.0 million, or 9.5%, to $207.9 million in fiscal 2018 from $189.9 million in fiscal 2017. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit was 30.7% and 30.1% for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, respectively. Gross profit increased primarily due to increased sales. As a percentage of sales, consolidated gross profit increased as a result of a 50 basis point increase in merchandise margin rate.
Selling, general and administrative expenses. SG&A expenses increased by $9.6 million, or 6.3%, to $161.7 million in fiscal 2018 from $152.1 million in fiscal 2017. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 23.8% for fiscal 2018 compared to 24.1% for fiscal 2017. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased as a result of additional costs associated with the opening of new and acquired stores over the last twelve months, compensation expense and incremental operational costs associated with the growth in the business. Also impacting SG&A expenses was a gain from hurricane-related insurance settlements of $1.6 million in fiscal 2018 and store impairment charges of $1.2 million incurred in fiscal 2017. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales decreased as a result of expense leverage on higher sales.
Income from operations.  Income from operations increased $8.4 million, or 22.3%, to $46.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 from $37.8 million for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017. As a percentage of net sales, income from operations was 6.8% and 6.0% for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, respectively. The change in income from operations was attributable to the factors noted above.
Interest expense. Interest expense, net, increased by $0.4 million, or 2.6%, to $15.1 million in fiscal 2018 from $14.7 million in fiscal 2017. The increase in interest expense, net was primarily the result of higher interest rates associated with the debt as compared to fiscal 2017, partially offset by a higher debt balance in the prior-year period.

45

Table of Contents

Income tax expense. Income tax expense was $2.3 million in fiscal 2018 compared to $8.9 million in fiscal 2017. Our effective tax rate was 7.4% and 38.6% for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, respectively. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2018 is significantly lower than fiscal 2017 due to recently passed tax reform which lowered the federal corporate tax rate and required us to revalue our estimated deferred tax assets and liabilities, resulting in a tax benefit of $7.0 million in fiscal 2018. The tax benefit associated with stock option exercises and restricted stock vestings also contributed to the lower tax rate in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. 
Net income. Net income increased to $28.9 million in fiscal 2018 from net income of $14.2 million in fiscal 2017. The change in net income was attributable to the factors noted above.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT.  Adjusted EBITDA increased by $6.9 million, or 11.6%, to $66.0 million for fiscal 2018 from $59.2 million for fiscal 2017. Adjusted EBIT increased by $6.4 million, or 15.2%, to $48.9 million for fiscal 2018 from $42.5 million for fiscal 2017. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT was primarily a result of the year-over-year increase in income from operations driven by an increase in gross profit.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We rely on cash flows from operating activities and our credit facility as our primary sources of liquidity. Our primary cash needs are for inventories, operating expenses, capital expenditures associated with opening new stores and remodeling or refurbishing existing stores, improvements to our distribution facilities, marketing and information technology expenditures, debt service and taxes. We have also used cash for acquisitions, the subsequent rebranding and integration of the stores acquired in those acquisitions and costs to consolidate the corporate offices. In addition to cash and cash equivalents, the most significant components of our working capital are accounts receivable, inventories, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities. We believe that cash flows from operating activities and the availability of cash under our credit facilities or other financing arrangements will be sufficient to cover working capital requirements, anticipated capital expenditures and other anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months.
Our liquidity is moderately seasonal. Our cash requirements generally increase in our third fiscal quarter as we incur additional marketing expenses and increase our inventory in advance of the Christmas shopping season. Our cash flows from operations increased in fiscal 2019, primarily as a result of a $10.1 million increase in net income in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018, and a $5.5 million increase in other liabilities, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities, partially offset by a $3.1 million increase in inventories year-over-year.
Although we did not have any material capital expenditure commitments as of the end of fiscal 2019 , we are planning to continue to open new stores, remodel and refurbish our existing stores, and make improvements to our e-commerce and information technology infrastructure, which will result in increased capital expenditures. We estimate that our capital expenditures in fiscal 2020 will be between $27 million to $29 million, net of landlord tenant allowances, and we anticipate that we will use cash flows from operations to fund these expenditures.
Current Credit Facility
June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and Golub Term Loan  
 
On June 29, 2015, we, as guarantor, and our wholly-owned primary operating subsidiary, Boot Barn, Inc., refinanced a previous Wells Fargo credit facility with the $125 million syndicated senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility for which Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver”), is agent, and the $200 million syndicated senior secured term loan for which GCI Capital Markets LLC (“2015 Golub Term Loan”) is agent. The borrowing base of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is calculated on a monthly basis and is based on the amount of eligible credit card receivables, commercial accounts, inventory, and available reserves. Borrowings under the credit agreements were initially used to pay costs and expenses related to the Sheplers Acquisition and the closing of such credit agreements, and may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes.
 
Borrowings under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver bear interest at per annum rates equal to, at our option, either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin for LIBOR loans, or (ii) the base rate

46

Table of Contents
plus an applicable margin for base rate loans. The base rate is calculated as the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Wells Fargo prime rate and (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The applicable margin is calculated based on a pricing grid that in each case is linked to quarterly average excess availability. For LIBOR loans, the applicable margin ranges from 1.00% to 1.25%, and for base rate loans it ranges from 0.00% to 0.25%. We also pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum of the actual daily amount of the unutilized revolving loans. The interest on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is payable in quarterly installments ending on the maturity date. On May 26, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver (the “2017 Wells Amendment”), increasing the aggregate revolving credit facility to $135.0 million and extending the maturity date to the earlier of May 26, 2022 or 90 days prior to the maturity of the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which is currently scheduled to mature on June 29, 2021. The amount outstanding under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver as of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018 was zero and $21.0 million, respectively. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.8 million and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 was 3.4%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.9 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was 2.5%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.5 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 was 1.9%.
 
Borrowings under the 2015 Golub Term Loan bear interest at per annum rates equal to, at our option, either (a) LIBOR plus an applicable margin for LIBOR loans with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, or (b) the base rate plus an applicable margin for base rate loans. The base rate is calculated as the greater of (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate and (y) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% and (ii) the sum of one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%. The applicable margin is 4.5% for LIBOR loans and 3.5% for base rate loans. The principal and interest on the 2015 Golub Term Loan is payable in quarterly installments ending on the maturity date of the term loan, June 29, 2021. Quarterly principal payments of $500,000 are due each quarter. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $12.5 million and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 was 7.0%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $11.2 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was 5.9%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $11.2 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 was 5.5%.
 
All obligations under each of the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver are unconditionally guaranteed by us and each of our direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than certain immaterial subsidiaries) which are not named as borrowers under the 2015 Golub Term Loan or the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver, as applicable.
 
The priority with respect to collateral under each of the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement among the lenders under the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver.
 
Each of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan contains customary provisions relating to mandatory prepayments, restricted payments, voluntary payments, affirmative and negative covenants, and events of default. In addition, the terms of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver require the Company to maintain, on a consolidated basis, a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.00:1.00 during such times as a covenant trigger event shall exist. On May 26, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the 2015 Golub Term Loan (the “2017 Golub Amendment”). The 2017 Golub Amendment changed the maximum Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio requirements to 4.50:1.00 as of March 31, 2018, stepping down to 4.00:1.00 as of December 29, 2018 and for all subsequent periods. The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and 2015 Golub Term Loan also require the Company to pay additional interest of 2.0% per annum upon triggering certain specified events of default set forth therein. For financial accounting purposes, the requirement for the Company to pay a higher interest rate upon an event of default is an embedded derivative. As of March 30, 2019, the fair value of these embedded derivatives was estimated and was not significant.
 
As of March 30, 2019, we were in compliance with the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan covenants.

47

Table of Contents

Cash Position and Cash Flow
Cash and cash equivalents were $16.6 million as of March 30, 2019 compared to $9.0 million as of March 31, 2018.
The following table presents summary cash flow information for the periods indicated:

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	
 	 	March 30,	    	March 31,	    	April 1,	 	
 	 	2019	 	2018	 	2017	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
Net cash provided by/(used in):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating activities	 	$	63,260	 	$	44,200	 	$	41,151	 	
Investing activities	 	 	(31,765)	 	 	(23,553)	 	 	(23,598)	 	
Financing activities	 	 	(23,897)	 	 	(19,666)	 	 	(16,713)	 	
Net increase in cash	 	$	7,598	 	$	981	 	$	840	 	
 
Operating activities
Cash provided by operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for non‑cash items including depreciation, amortization and stock‑based compensation, plus the effect on cash of changes during the year in our assets and liabilities.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $63.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019. The significant components of cash flows provided by operating activities were net income of $39.0 million, the add-back of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $18.9 million, stock-based compensation expense of $2.9 million, and amortization and write-off of debt issuance fees and debt discount of $1.2 million. Other liabilities, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities increased by $23.8 million due to the timing of payments. The above was partially offset by an increase in inventories of $27.7 million due to the growth of the company and the purchase of Drysdales’ inventory.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $44.2 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018. The significant components of cash flows provided by operating activities were net income of $28.9 million, the add-back of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $17.1 million, stock-based compensation expense of $2.2 million, and amortization and write-off of debt issuance fees and debt discount of $1.2 million. Other liabilities, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities increased by $18.3 million due to the timing of payments. The above was partially offset by an increase in inventories of $24.6 million due to the growth of the company and the purchase of Wood’s Boots’ inventory, and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $3.3 million due to the timing of payments.
Investing activities
Cash used in investing activities consists primarily of purchases of property and equipment but also includes funds used to effect business combinations and asset acquisitions made by the Company.
Net cash used in investing activities was $31.8 million for fiscal 2019, which was primarily attributable to $27.5 million in capital expenditures related to store construction, improvements to our e-commerce information technology infrastructure, and improvements to our distribution facilities and $4.4 million for the acquisition of Lone Star.
Net cash used in investing activities was $23.6 million for fiscal 2018, which was primarily attributable to $24.4 million in capital expenditures related to store construction, improvements to our e-commerce information technology infrastructure, and improvements to our distribution facilities, partially offset by $0.9 million in insurance recoveries for property and equipment as a result of Hurricane Harvey damages incurred in fiscal 2018.

48

Table of Contents

Financing activities
Cash used in financing activities consists primarily of repayments on our term loan and credit facility.
Net cash used in financing activities was $23.9 million for fiscal 2019. We reduced our line of credit borrowings by $21.0 million and repaid $10.6 million on our debt and capital lease obligations during the period. We also received $8.1 million from the exercise of stock options.
Net cash used in financing activities was $19.7 million for fiscal 2018. We reduced our line of credit borrowings by $12.3 million and repaid $10.4 million on our debt and capital lease obligations during the period. We also received $3.7 million from the exercise of stock options.
Other obligations
Contractual obligations. We enter into long‑term contractual obligations and commitments in the normal course of business, primarily non‑cancelable capital and operating leases.
As of March 30, 2019, our contractual cash obligations over the next several periods are set forth below.

 	 	Payments Due by Period	 	
(In thousands)	 	Total	 	Less Than 1
Year	 	1 - 2
Years	 	3 - 5
Years	 	More Than
5 Years	 	
Capital lease and financing transaction obligations, including interest	 	$	10,937	 	$	1,346	 	$	2,715	 	$	3,844	 	$	3,032	 	
Operating lease obligations	 	 	197,207	 	 	37,877	 	 	68,084	 	 	63,405	 	 	27,841	 	
Debt and line of credit	 	 	176,500	 	 	 —	 	 	176,500	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	
Interest expense on debt	 	 	28,875	 	 	12,871	 	 	16,004	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	
Total	 	$	413,519	 	$	52,094	 	$	263,303	 	$	67,249	 	$	30,873	 	
 
Capital lease obligations relate to property and equipment leases that expire at various dates through fiscal 2024. The financing transaction obligation relates to the acquisition of two retail stores, two office buildings, one distribution center facility and land as part of the Sheplers Acquisition. The financing transaction lease expires in fiscal 2028 and includes renewal options and certain default provisions requiring us to perform repairs and maintenance, make timely rent payments and insure the buildings and equipment.
 
We lease our stores, facilities and certain other equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. These operating leases expire at various dates through fiscal 2031, and contain various provisions for rental adjustments, including, in certain cases, adjustments based on increases in the Consumer Price Index. They also generally contain renewal provisions for varying periods. Our future operating lease obligations would change if we were to exercise these renewal provisions or if we were willing to enter into additional operating leases.
 
Debt consists of $176.5 million outstanding under our 2015 Golub Term Loan and zero outstanding under our June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver as of March 30, 2019. Our 2015 Golub Term Loan provides for regularly scheduled principal payments that began on September 25, 2015. On June 2, 2017, the Company prepaid $10.0 million on the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which included all of the required quarterly principal payments until the maturity date of the loan. On May 15, 2018, the Company made an additional $10.0 million prepayment on the 2015 Golub Term Loan. Payments with respect to the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver are due the earlier of May 26, 2022 or 90 days prior to the maturity of the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which is currently scheduled to mature on June 29, 2021.
 
Interest expense on debt consists of scheduled interest payments under our 2015 Golub Term Loan and June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver. The interest expense relating to our 2015 Golub Term Loan was calculated using a 7.10% interest rate applied to the term loan balance of $176.5 million as of March 30, 2019 and for each period thereafter. The interest rate used represents the interest rate on the 2015 Golub Term Loan on the last day of fiscal 2019. The interest

49

Table of Contents
expense relating to our June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was determined using an interest rate of 0.25% applied to the unutilized portion of the $135 million revolving line of credit on March 30, 2019, the last day of the fiscal year.
 
Off‑balance sheet arrangements. We are not a party to any off‑balance sheet arrangements, except for operating leases and purchase obligations.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the appropriate application of certain accounting policies, some of which require us to make estimates and assumptions about future events and their impact on amounts reported in our financial statements. Since future events and their impact cannot be determined with absolute certainty, our actual results will inevitably differ from our estimates.
We believe that the application of our accounting policies, and the estimates inherently required therein, are reasonable. Our accounting policies and estimates are re-evaluated on an ongoing basis and adjustments are made when facts and circumstances dictate a change.
The policies and estimates discussed below involve the selection or application of alternative accounting policies that are material to our financial statements. With respect to critical accounting policies, even a relatively minor variance between actual and expected experience can potentially have a materially favorable or unfavorable impact on subsequent results of operations. However, our historical results for the periods presented in our financial statements have not been materially impacted by such variances. Our accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies and estimates with our board of directors.
We have certain accounting policies that require more significant management judgment and estimates than others. These include our accounting policies with respect to revenue recognition, inventories, goodwill, intangible and long‑lived assets, stock‑based compensation and income taxes, which are more fully described below.
Revenue recognition
Sales are recognized at the time of purchase by customers at our retail store locations. Sales are recorded net of taxes collected from customers. Transfer of control takes place at the point at which the customer receives and pays for the merchandise at the register. For e‑commerce sales, revenue is recognized when control transfers to the customer, which generally occurs upon delivery of the product. On average, customers receive goods within approximately five days of being ordered. The estimate of the transit times for these shipments is based on shipping terms and historical delivery times. Shipping and handling fees billed to customers for online sales are included in net sales and the related shipping and handling costs are classified as cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations.
We reserve for projected merchandise returns based upon historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable. Customers can return merchandise purchased in‑store within 30 days of the original purchase date, return merchandise purchased at bootbarn.com and countryoutfitter.com within 60 days of the original purchase date, and return Sheplers E-commerce merchandise within 90 days of the original purchase date. Merchandise returns are often resalable merchandise and the purchase price is generally refunded by issuing the same tender used in the original purchase. Merchandise exchanges of the same product and price are not considered merchandise returns and, therefore, are not included in the population when calculating our sales returns reserve. We record the impact of adjustments to our sales returns reserve quarterly within total net sales. Should the returns rate as a percentage of net sales significantly change in future periods, it could have a material impact on our results of operations.
We maintain a customer loyalty program at the stores and bootbarn.com. Under the program, customers accumulate points based on purchase activity. For customers to maintain their active point balance, they must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise at least once in a 365‑day period. Once a loyalty program member achieves a certain point level, the member earns awards that may be redeemed for credits on merchandise purchases. To redeem awards, the member must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise within 60 days of the date the award was granted. Unredeemed awards and accumulated partial points are accrued as unearned revenue until redemption or expiration and,

50

Table of Contents
upon redemption and expiration, as an adjustment to net sales using the relative standalone selling price method. If actual redemptions ultimately differ from accrued redemption levels, or if we further modify the terms of the program in a way that affects expected redemption value and levels, we could record adjustments to the unearned revenue accrual, which would affect net sales.
We recognize the sales from gift cards, gift certificates and store credits as they are redeemed for merchandise. Prior to redemption, we maintain an unearned revenue liability for gift cards, gift certificates and store credits until we are released from such liability, including potential obligations arising under state escheatment laws. Our gift cards, gift certificates and store credits do not have expiration dates, and unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits are subject to state escheatment laws. Amounts remaining after escheatment are recognized in net sales in the period escheatment occurs and the liability is considered to be extinguished.
Inventories
Inventories, which consist primarily of general consumer merchandise held for sale, are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on the first‑in, first‑out method and includes the cost of merchandise and import related costs, including freight, duty and agent commissions.
During each accounting period, we record adjustments to our inventories, which are reflected in cost of goods sold, if the cost of specific inventory items on hand exceeds the amount that we expect to realize from the ultimate sale or disposal of the inventory. A periodic review of inventory is performed in order to determine if inventory is properly stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. This adjustment calculation requires us to make assumptions and estimates, which are based on factors such as average selling cycle and seasonality of merchandise, the historical rate at which merchandise has sold below cost during the average selling cycle, and the value and nature of merchandise currently priced below original cost. A provision is recorded to reduce the cost of inventories to the estimated net realizable values, if appropriate.
To the extent that management’s estimates differ from actual results, additional markdowns may be required that could reduce our gross profit, operating income and the carrying value of inventories.
We also record an inventory shrinkage reserve calculated as a percentage of net sales for estimated merchandise losses for the period between the last physical inventory count and the balance sheet date. These estimates are based on historical percentages and can be affected by changes in merchandise mix and changes in shrinkage trends. We perform periodic physical inventory counts for our entire chain of stores and our distribution center and adjust the inventory shrinkage reserve accordingly. If actual physical inventory losses differ significantly from the estimate, our results of operations could be adversely impacted. The inventory shrinkage reserve reduces the value of total inventory and is a component of inventories on the consolidated balance sheets.
Goodwill, intangible and long‑lived assets
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Intangible assets with indefinite lives include the Boot Barn trademark that was acquired as part of the recapitalization with Freeman Spogli & Co. on December 12, 2011, the Sheplers trademark acquired as part of the Sheplers Acquisition, the cost to register the Boot Barn trademark in Hong Kong, and the www.countryoutfitter.com website trademark we acquired as part of our asset acquisition in February of fiscal 2017. We test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually on the first day of the fourth quarter or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist, in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, Goodwill and Other. This guidance provides us the option to first assess qualitative factors such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and other relevant entity-specific events to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value (a “Step 0” analysis).
GAAP has established guidance for reporting information about a company’s operating segments, including disclosures related to a company’s products and services, geographic areas and major customers. We monitor and review

51

Table of Contents
our segment reporting structure in accordance with authoritative guidance to determine whether any changes have occurred that would impact our reportable segments. During fiscal 2019, as a result of the evolution of our operations and the information reviewed by our Chief Executive Officer, who is our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), we determined we no longer operate in a single operating segment. We concluded our retail stores and e-commerce websites represent two operating segments. Given the similar qualitative and economic characteristics of the two operating segments, our retail stores and e-commerce websites were aggregated into one reporting segment in accordance with guidance under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”). As a result of this change in our segment reporting, our operations now represent two reporting units, retail stores and e-commerce, for the purpose of our goodwill impairment analysis.
If, based on a review of qualitative factors it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we perform “Step 1” of the traditional two-step goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. If we proceed to conduct a two-step goodwill impairment test, the first step of the impairment test involves comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. We evaluate the fair value of the reporting unit by using market-based analysis to review market capitalization and by reviewing a discounted cash flow analysis using management’s assumptions. We determine the fair value of our reporting unit using the income approach and market approach to valuation, as well as other generally accepted valuation methodologies. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, we perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test. The second step of the goodwill impairment test involves comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any, will be recognized as an impairment loss.
Definite‑lived intangible assets and long‑lived assets. Definite‑lived intangible assets consist of certain trademarks, customer lists, non‑compete agreements, and below‑market leases. Definite‑lived intangible assets are recorded at their fair value as of the acquisition date with amortization computed utilizing the straight‑line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, with the exception of customer lists, which are amortized based on the estimated attrition rate. The period of amortization for customer lists and definite-lived trademarks is three years and below‑market leases is four to 19 years.
Long‑lived assets consist of leasehold improvements, machinery and equipment, furniture and fixtures, software and vehicles. Long‑lived assets are subject to depreciation and amortization. We assess potential impairment of our definite‑lived intangible assets and long‑lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that are considered important that could trigger an impairment review include a current‑period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses and a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses or insufficient income associated with the use of a long‑lived asset or asset group. Other factors include a significant change in the manner of the use of the asset or a significant negative industry or economic trend. This evaluation is performed based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows from operating activities compared with the carrying value of the related assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized, measured by the difference between the carrying value and the estimated fair value of the assets, with such estimated fair values determined using the best information available and in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”).
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate long‑lived asset impairment losses. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, our operating results could be adversely affected by additional impairment charges.
Stock‑based compensation
We account for employee stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units in accordance with relevant authoritative literature. Stock options are granted with exercise prices equal to or greater than the market value, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange (or on any other national securities exchange on which our common stock is then listed) on the date of grant as authorized by our board of directors. Stock options granted have vesting provisions of either four or five years. Stock option grants are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to vesting. We have selected the Black‑Scholes option pricing model for estimating the grant date fair value of stock option awards granted. We have considered the retirement and forfeiture provisions of the options and utilized the simplified

52

Table of Contents
method to estimate the expected life of the options. We base the risk‑free interest rate on the yield of a zero‑coupon U.S. Treasury security with a maturity equal to the expected life of the option from the date of the grant. We estimate the volatility of the share price of our common stock by considering the historical volatility of the stock of similar public entities. In determining the appropriateness of the public entities included in the volatility assumption, we considered a number of factors, including the entity’s life cycle stage, growth profile, size, financial leverage and products offered. Stock‑based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period based on the number of years for which the requisite service is expected to be rendered. Forfeitures are recognized as incurred.
The fair value of our restricted stock awards and restricted stock units is the closing price of our common stock on the grant date.
Income taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which requires the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to differences between financial statement and income tax reporting. Deferred tax assets, net of any valuation allowances, represent the future tax return consequences of those differences and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, which will be deductible when the assets are recovered. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.
We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Such changes in recognition or measurement might result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.
We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying statement of operations. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding our tax disclosures.
Recent accounting pronouncements
In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) jointly issued a new revenue recognition standard, ASU No. 2014 ‑ 09, Revenue From Contracts with Customers, that supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The revenue recognition standard allows for the recognition of revenue when a company transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard permits the use of either a full retrospective or retrospective with cumulative effect transition method. On August 8, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, which deferred the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year, and permitted early adoption as long as the adoption date was not before the original public entity effective date. The standard was effective for public entities for annual periods, and interim periods within that year, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company adopted this standard effective April 1, 2018 on a modified retrospective basis. The Company’s revenues are generated from the sale of finished products to customers. Those sales contain a single delivery element and revenue for such sales is recognized when the customer obtains control. Adoption of the standard did not result in any change in the timing or amount of revenue recognized by the Company in fiscal 2019.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASC 842”). The FASB issued this ASU to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring lessees to recognize lease assets and lease

53

Table of Contents
liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases classified as operating leases under current U.S. GAAP and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. Enhanced disclosures will also be required to give financial statement users the ability to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, allowing a modified retrospective approach, under which entities have the option to not restate comparative periods and instead recognize a cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the period of adoption. The amendments in these ASU’s are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within that year, beginning after December 15, 2018. The standards will be effective for the Company beginning March 31, 2019, the first day of its fiscal 2020 year.
The Company plans to elect transition-related practical expedients as accounting policies under ASU 2016-02, which allow entities to not reassess, as of the adoption date, (1) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) the classification of any expired or existing leases, and (3) if previously capitalized initial direct costs qualify for capitalization under ASC 842. The Company will elect the practical expedient option to not separate lease and non-lease components for all of its leases, and will also elect the short-term lease recognition exemption that will keep leases with an initial term of 12 months or less excluded from balance sheet capitalization. This will result in recognizing those lease payments in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Based on the Company’s completed assessment of its existing lease portfolio, the Company estimates it will record right-of-use (ROU) assets of approximately $165.0 million and ROU liabilities of approximately $180.0 million upon adoption of this standard.
The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment , which simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairment by eliminating step two from the goodwill impairment test. Under this new guidance, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The amendments in this ASU are effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company plans to adopt the standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and does not expect the revised standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  s
Interest rate risk
We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings under our credit facilities, which bear interest at variable rates. As of March 30, 2019, we had no outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility and $176.5 million under our term loan facility. The impact of a 1.0% rate change on the outstanding balance as of March 30, 2019 would be approximately $1.8 million.
Foreign exchange rate risk
We currently purchase all of our merchandise through domestic and international suppliers on a U.S. dollar‑denominated basis. We do not hedge using any derivative instruments and historically have not been impacted by changes in exchange rates.
Impact of inflation
Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe that the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial.

54

Table of Contents

Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Dat  a
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  	   	
56	 	
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018  	 	
57	 	
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended March 30, 2019, March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017  	 	
58	 	
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended March 30, 2019, March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017  	 	
59	 	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended March 30, 2019, March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017  	 	
60	 	
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  	 	
61	 	

55

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING  FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.
 
Opinion on the Financial Statements
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended March 30, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 30, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of March 30, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated May 23, 2019, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
 
Basis for Opinion
 
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, California
May 23, 2019
 
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2012.

56

Table of Contents

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheet  s
 
(In thousands, except per share data)

 	 	March 30,	    	March 31,	 	
 	 	2019	 	2018	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	16,614	 	$	9,016	 	
Accounts receivable, net	 	 	8,095	 	 	4,389	 	
Inventories	 	 	240,734	 	 	211,472	 	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	 	 	11,900	 	 	16,250	 	
Total current assets	 	 	277,343	 	 	241,127	 	
Property and equipment, net	 	 	98,663	 	 	89,208	 	
Goodwill	 	 	195,858	 	 	193,095	 	
Intangible assets, net	 	 	62,845	 	 	63,383	 	
Other assets	 	 	1,366	 	 	1,128	 	
Total assets	 	$	636,075	 	$	587,941	 	
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Line of credit	 	$	 —	 	$	21,006	 	
Accounts payable	 	 	104,955	 	 	89,958	 	
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	 	 	46,988	 	 	40,034	 	
Total current liabilities	 	 	151,943	 	 	150,998	 	
Deferred taxes	 	 	17,202	 	 	13,030	 	
Long-term portion of notes payable, net	 	 	174,264	 	 	183,200	 	
Capital lease obligations	 	 	6,746	 	 	7,303	 	
Other liabilities	 	 	21,756	 	 	18,804	 	
Total liabilities	 	 	371,911	 	 	373,335	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; March 30, 2019 - 100,000 shares authorized, 28,399 shares issued; March 31, 2018 - 100,000 shares authorized, 27,331 shares issued	 	 	 3	 	 	 3	 	
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	
Additional paid-in capital	 	 	159,137	 	 	148,127	 	
Retained earnings	 	 	105,692	 	 	66,670	 	
Less: Common stock held in treasury, at cost, 51 and 31 shares at March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, respectively	 	 	(668)	 	 	(194)	 	
Total stockholders’ equity	 	 	264,164	 	 	214,606	 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	 	$	636,075	 	$	587,941	 	
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

57

Table of Contents

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operation  s
 
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	
 	 	March 30,	 	March 31,	 	April 1,	 	
 	 	2019	    	2018	    	2017	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	776,854	 	$	677,949	 	$	629,816	 	
Cost of goods sold	 	 	525,420	 	 	470,034	 	 	439,930	 	
Gross profit	 	 	251,434	 	 	207,915	 	 	189,886	 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	187,112	 	 	161,660	 	 	152,068	 	
Income from operations	 	 	64,322	 	 	46,255	 	 	37,818	 	
Interest expense, net	 	 	16,331	 	 	15,076	 	 	14,699	 	
Other income, net	 	 	 5	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	
Income before income taxes	 	 	47,996	 	 	31,179	 	 	23,119	 	
Income tax expense	 	 	8,974	 	 	2,300	 	 	8,922	 	
Net income	 	$	39,022	 	$	28,879	 	$	14,197	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic shares	 	$	1.39	 	$	1.08	 	$	0.54	 	
Diluted shares	 	$	1.35	 	$	1.05	 	$	0.53	 	
Weighted average shares outstanding:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic shares	 	 	28,092	 	 	26,744	 	 	26,459	 	
Diluted shares	 	 	28,813	 	 	27,528	 	 	26,939	 	
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

58

Table of Contents

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equit  y
 
(In thousands)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Additional	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Common Stock	 	Paid-In	 	Retained	 	 	Treasury Shares	 	 	 	 	 	
 	    	Shares	    	Amount	    	Capital	    	Earnings	 	 	Shares	    	Amount	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at March 26, 2016	 	26,354	 	$	 3	 	$	137,893	 	$	23,594	 	 	(4)	 	$	 —	 	 	$	161,490	 	
 Net income	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	14,197	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 	14,197	 	
 Issuance of common stock related to stock-based compensation	 	221	 	 	 —	 	 	1,275	 	 	 —	 	 	(3)	 	 	 —	 	 	 	1,275	 	
 Tax withholding for net share settlement	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	(7)	 	 	(69)	 	 	 	(69)	 	
 Excess tax deficiency related to stock-based compensation	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	(7)	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 	(7)	 	
 Stock-based compensation expense	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	3,023	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 	3,023	 	
Balance at April 1, 2017	 	26,575	 	$	 3	 	$	142,184	 	$	37,791	 	 	(14)	 	$	(69)	 	 	$	179,909	 	
 Net income	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	28,879	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 	28,879	 	
 Issuance of common stock related to stock-based compensation	 	756	 	 	 —	 	 	3,695	 	 	 —	 	 	(4)	 	 	 —	 	 	 	3,695	 	
 Tax withholding for net share settlement	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	(13)	 	 	(125)	 	 	 	(125)	 	
 Stock-based compensation expense	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	2,248	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 	2,248	 	
Balance at March 31, 2018	 	27,331	 	$	 3	 	$	148,127	 	$	66,670	 	 	(31)	 	$	(194)	 	 	$	214,606	 	
 Net income	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	39,022	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 	39,022	 	
 Issuance of common stock related to stock-based compensation	 	1,068	 	 	 —	 	 	8,137	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 	8,137	 	
 Tax withholding for net share settlement	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	(20)	 	 	(474)	 	 	 	(474)	 	
 Stock-based compensation expense	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	2,873	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 	2,873	 	
Balance at March 30, 2019	 	28,399	 	$	 3	 	$	159,137	 	$	105,692	 	 	(51)	 	$	(668)	 	 	$	264,164	 	
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

59

Table of Contents

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow  s
 
(In thousands)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	    	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	
 	 	March 30,	    	March 31,	    	April 1,	 	
 	 	2019	    	2018	    	2017	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from operating activities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	39,022	 	$	28,879	 	$	14,197	 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation	 	 	18,256	 	 	16,000	 	 	14,555	 	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	2,873	 	 	2,248	 	 	3,023	 	
Amortization of intangible assets	 	 	646	 	 	1,128	 	 	2,155	 	
Amortization of debt issuance fees and debt discount	 	 	1,235	 	 	1,199	 	 	1,145	 	
Loss on disposal of property and equipment	 	 	23	 	 	252	 	 	367	 	
Damaged asset write-off	 	 	312	 	 	2,357	 	 	 —	 	
Store impairment charge	 	 	455	 	 	83	 	 	1,164	 	
Accretion of above market leases	 	 	(28)	 	 	(2)	 	 	(36)	 	
Deferred taxes	 	 	4,172	 	 	1,860	 	 	6,175	 	
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable, net	 	 	(3,706)	 	 	(35)	 	 	(223)	 	
Inventories	 	 	(27,702)	 	 	(24,598)	 	 	(12,761)	 	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	 	 	4,179	 	 	(3,281)	 	 	(3,805)	 	
Other assets	 	 	(254)	 	 	(167)	 	 	 5	 	
Accounts payable	 	 	14,191	 	 	13,062	 	 	10,501	 	
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	 	 	6,882	 	 	3,977	 	 	(483)	 	
Other liabilities	 	 	2,704	 	 	1,238	 	 	5,172	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	$	63,260	 	$	44,200	 	$	41,151	 	
Cash flows from investing activities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchases of property and equipment	 	 	(27,525)	 	 	(24,418)	 	 	(22,293)	 	
Insurance recoveries for property and equipment	 	 	184	 	 	865	 	 	 —	 	
Acquisition of business or assets, net of cash acquired	 	 	(4,424)	 	 	            —	 	 	(1,305)	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	 	$	(31,765)	 	$	(23,553)	 	$	(23,598)	 	
Cash flows from financing activities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Payments on line of credit - net	 	 	(21,006)	 	 	(12,268)	 	 	(15,541)	 	
Repayments on debt and capital lease obligations	 	 	(10,554)	 	 	(10,448)	 	 	(2,378)	 	
Debt issuance fees paid	 	 	 —	 	 	(520)	 	 	 —	 	
Tax withholding payments for net share settlement	 	 	(474)	 	 	(125)	 	 	(69)	 	
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options	 	 	8,137	 	 	3,695	 	 	1,275	 	
Net cash used in financing activities	 	$	(23,897)	 	$	(19,666)	 	$	(16,713)	 	
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	 	 	7,598	 	 	981	 	 	840	 	
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	 	 	9,016	 	 	8,035	 	 	7,195	 	
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	 	$	16,614	 	$	9,016	 	$	8,035	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid for income taxes	 	$	649	 	$	614	 	$	4,192	 	
Cash paid for interest	 	$	14,947	 	$	13,743	 	$	13,646	 	
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unpaid purchases of property and equipment	 	$	1,877	 	$	1,315	 	$	2,421	 	
Equipment acquired through capital lease	 	$	171	 	$	 —	 	$	 —	 	
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

60

Table of Contents

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement  s
1. Business Operations
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed on November 17, 2011, and is incorporated in the State of Delaware. The equity of the Company consists of 100,000,000 authorized shares and 28,348,484 and 27,299,688 outstanding shares of common stock as of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, respectively. The shares of common stock have voting rights of one vote per share.
The Company operates specialty retail stores that sell western and work boots and related apparel and accessories. The Company operates retail locations throughout the U.S. and sells its merchandise via the Internet. The Company operated a total of 240 stores in 33 states as of March 30, 2019, 226 stores in 31 states as of March 31, 2018 and 219 stores in 31 states as of April 1, 2017. As of the fiscal year ending March 30, 2019, all stores operate under the Boot Barn name, with the exception of two stores which operate under the “American Worker” name.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The Company’s consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), include the accounts of the Company and each of its subsidiaries, including WW Holding Corporation, Boot Barn Holding Corporation, Boot Barn, Inc., RCC Western Stores, Inc. (“RCC”), Baskins Acquisition Holdings, LLC (“Baskins”), Sheplers, Inc. and Sheplers Holding Corporation (collectively with Sheplers, Inc. “Sheplers”) and Boot Barn International (Hong Kong) Limited (“Hong Kong”). All intercompany accounts and transactions among the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation. The vast majority of the Company’s identifiable assets are in the United States.
Fiscal Year
The Company reports its results of operations and cash flows on a 52‑ or 53‑week basis, and its fiscal year ends on the last Saturday of March unless April 1st is a Saturday, in which case the fiscal year ends on April 1st. The year ended March 30, 2019 (“fiscal 2019”) consisted of 52 weeks. The years ended March 31, 2018 (“fiscal 2018”) and April 1, 2017 (“fiscal 2017”) consisted of 52 and 53 weeks, respectively.
Comprehensive Income
The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income recorded within its consolidated financial statements and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive income in its consolidated financial statements.
Segment Reporting
GAAP has established guidance for reporting information about a company’s operating segments, including disclosures related to a company’s products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company monitors and reviews its segment reporting structure in accordance with authoritative guidance to determine whether any changes have occurred that would impact its reportable segments. During fiscal 2019, as a result of the evolution of the Company’s operations and the information reviewed by the CODM, the Company determined it no longer operates in a single operating segment. The Company concluded its retail stores and e-commerce websites represent two operating segments. Given the similar qualitative and economic characteristics of the two operating segments, the Company’s retail stores and e-commerce websites were aggregated into one reporting segment in accordance with guidance under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”). As a result of this change in the Company’s segment reporting, the Company’s operations now represent two reporting units, retail stores and e-commerce, for the purpose of its goodwill impairment analysis.

61

Table of Contents

Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Among the significant estimates affecting the Company’s consolidated financial statements are those relating to revenue recognition, inventories, goodwill, intangible and long‑lived assets, stock‑based compensation and income taxes. Management regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. To the extent actual results differ from those estimates, the Company’s future results of operations may be affected.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents also include receivables from credit card sales. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents represent their fair values.
Accounts Receivable
The Company’s accounts receivable consists of amounts due from commercial customers for merchandise sold, as well as receivables from suppliers under co‑operative arrangements. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was less than $0.1 million for both the fiscal years ending March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018.
Inventories
Inventory consists primarily of purchased merchandise and is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first‑in, first‑out basis and includes the cost of merchandise and import related costs, including freight, duty and agent commissions. The Company assesses the recoverability of inventory through a periodic review of historical usage and present demand. When the inventory on hand exceeds the foreseeable demand, the value of inventory that, at the time of the review, is not expected to be sold is written down to its estimated net realizable value.
Debt Issuance Costs and Debt Discounts
Debt issuance costs are capitalized and amortized to interest expense over the terms of the applicable loan agreements using the effective interest method. Those costs related to the issuance of debt are presented as a reduction to the principal amount of the debt. Debt issuance costs incurred with the issuance of revolving credit lines are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets.
 
Debt discounts arise when transaction fees are paid to the lending institution. Debt discounts are recorded as a reduction to the principal amount of the debt. Amortization of debt discounts is recorded as an increase to the net principal amount of the debt and as a charge to interest expense over the term of the applicable loan agreement using the effective interest method.
Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment consists of leasehold improvements, machinery and equipment, furniture and fixtures, software and vehicles. Property and equipment is subject to depreciation and is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major remodels and improvements are capitalized while minor replacements, maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the life of such assets are charged to expense. Gains or losses on disposal of fixed assets, when applicable, are reflected in operations. Depreciation is computed using the straight‑line method over the estimated useful lives, ranging from five to ten years. Machinery and equipment is depreciated over five years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated over seven years. Software and vehicles are depreciated over five years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the terms of the leases or ten years.

62

Table of Contents

Goodwill and Indefinite‑Lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill is recorded as the difference between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually as of the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist, in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, Goodwill and Other . This guidance provides the option to first assess qualitative factors such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and other relevant entity-specific events to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value (a “Step 0” analysis).
GAAP has established guidance for reporting information about a company’s operating segments, including disclosures related to a company’s products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company monitors and reviews its segment reporting structure in accordance with authoritative guidance to determine whether any changes have occurred that would impact its reportable segments. During fiscal 2019, as a result of the evolution of the Company’s operations and the information reviewed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the Company determined it no longer operates in a single operating segment. The Company concluded its retail stores and e-commerce websites represent two operating segments. Given the similar qualitative and economic characteristics of the two operating segments, the Company’s retail stores and e-commerce websites were aggregated into one reporting segment in accordance with guidance under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”). As a result of this change in the Company’s segment reporting, the Company’s operations now represent two reporting units, retail stores and e-commerce, for the purpose of its goodwill impairment analysis.
If, based on a review of qualitative factors it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company performs “Step 1” of the traditional two-step goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. If the Company proceeds to conduct a two‑step goodwill impairment test, the first step of the impairment test involves comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. Management evaluates the fair value of the reporting unit using a market‑based analysis to review market capitalization as well as reviewing a discounted cash flow analysis using management’s assumptions. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting unit using the income approach and market approach to valuation, as well as other generally accepted valuation methodologies. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, the Company performs the second step of the goodwill impairment test, which involves comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any, will be recognized as an impairment loss. The Company concluded that there was no impairment of goodwill during fiscal 2019, 2018, or 2017.
Intangible assets with indefinite lives, which include the Boot Barn, Sheplers and Country Outfitter trademarks, are not amortized but instead are measured for impairment at least annually, or when events indicate that impairment may exist. The Company calculates impairment as the excess of the carrying value of indefinite‑lived intangible assets over their estimated fair value. If the carrying value exceeds the estimate of fair value, an impairment charge is recorded. The Company concluded there was no impairment of intangible assets with indefinite lives during fiscal 2019, 2018 or 2017.
Definite‑Lived Intangible Assets
Definite‑lived intangible assets consist of certain trademarks, customer lists, non‑compete agreements, and below‑market leases. Definite‑lived intangible assets are amortized utilizing the straight‑line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, with the exception of customer lists, which are amortized based on the estimated attrition rate. The period of amortization for customer lists and definite-lived trademarks is three years and below‑market leases is four to 19 years.
Long‑Lived Assets
Long‑lived assets consist of property and equipment and definite‑lived intangible assets. The Company assesses potential impairment of its long‑lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset or asset

63

Table of Contents
group’s carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that are considered important that could trigger an impairment review include a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses and a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses or insufficient income associated with the use of a long‑lived asset or asset group. Other factors include a significant change in the manner of the use of the asset or a significant negative industry or economic trend. This evaluation is performed based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows from operating activities compared with the carrying value of the related assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized, measured by the difference between the carrying value, and the estimated fair value of the assets, with such estimated fair values determined using the best information available and in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements . During fiscal 2019, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $0.5 million related to three of its stores. During fiscal 2018, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of less than $0.1 million related to two of its stores. During fiscal 2017, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $1.2 million related to three of its stores. The fair values of these locations were calculated based on the projected discounted cash flows at a similar rate that would be used by market participants in valuing these assets or prices of similar assets.
Stock‑Based Compensation
Stock‑based compensation is accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). The Company accounts for all stock‑based compensation transactions using a fair‑value method and recognizes the fair value of each award as an expense over the service period. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black‑Scholes option‑pricing model. The use of the Black‑Scholes model requires a number of estimates, including the expected option term, the expected volatility in the price of the Company’s common stock, the risk‑free rate of interest and the dividend yield on the Company’s common stock. Judgment is required in estimating the number of share‑based awards that the Company expects will ultimately vest upon the fulfillment of service conditions (such as time‑based vesting). The fair value of the Company’s restricted stock awards and restricted stock units is the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The consolidated financial statements include amounts that are based on the Company’s best estimates and judgments. The Company classifies compensation expense related to these awards in the consolidated statements of operations based on the department to which the recipient reports.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recorded for store sales upon the purchase of merchandise by customers. Transfer of control takes place at the point at which the customer receives and pays for the merchandise at the register. E‑commerce sales are recorded when control transfers to the customer, which generally occurs upon delivery of the product. Shipping and handling revenues are included in total net sales. Shipping costs incurred by the Company are included as cost of goods sold. Sales taxes that are collected in connection with revenue transactions are withheld and remitted to the respective taxing authorities. As such, these taxes are excluded from revenue.

64

Table of Contents

Revenue is recorded net of estimated and actual sales returns and deductions for coupon redemptions, estimated future award redemption and other promotions. The sales returns reserve reflects an estimate of sales returns based on projected merchandise returns determined through the use of historical average return percentages. The total reserve for returns was $1.8 million, $1.6 million, and $1.5 million as of fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively and is recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company accounts for the asset and liability separately on a gross basis. The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company’s sales returns reserve:

Sales Returns Reserve	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	
 	 	March 30,	 	March 31,	 	April 1,	 	
(In thousands)	    	2019	    	2018	    	2017	 	
Beginning balance	 	$	1,587	 	$	1,544	 	$	1,319	 	
Provisions	 	 	39,026	 	 	35,189	 	 	30,624	 	
Sales returns	 	 	(38,852)	 	 	(35,146)	 	 	(30,399)	 	
Ending balance	 	$	1,761	 	$	1,587	 	$	1,544	 	
 
The Company maintains a customer loyalty program. Under the program, customers accumulate points based on purchase activity. For customers to maintain their active point balance, they must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise at least once in a 365‑day period. Once a loyalty program member achieves a certain point level, the member earns awards that may be redeemed for credits on merchandise purchases. To redeem awards, the member must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise within 60 days of the date the award was granted. Unredeemed awards and accumulated partial points are accrued as unearned revenue and as an adjustment to net sales. The unearned revenue for this program is recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and was $1.9 million, $1. 7  million and $2.1 million as of March 30, 2019, March 31, 2018, and April 1, 2017, respectively. The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company’s customer loyalty program:

Customer Loyalty Program	    	Fiscal Year Ended	 	
 	 	March 30,	 	March 31,	 	April 1,	 	
(In thousands)	    	2019	    	2018	    	2017	 	
Beginning balance	 	$	1,705	 	$	2,060	 	$	1,975	 	
Current year provisions	 	 	5,433	 	 	4,877	 	 	6,782	 	
Current year award redemptions	 	 	(5,202)	 	 	(5,232)	 	 	(6,697)	 	
Ending balance	 	$	1,936	 	$	1,705	 	$	2,060	 	
Proceeds from the sale of gift cards are deferred until the customers use the cards to acquire merchandise. Gift cards, gift certificates and store credits do not have expiration dates, and unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits are subject to state escheatment laws. Amounts remaining after escheatment are recognized in net sales in the period escheatment occurs and the liability is considered to be extinguished. The Company defers recognition of a layaway sale and its related profit to the accounting period when the customer receives the layaway merchandise. Income from the redemption of gift cards, gift card breakage, and the sale of layaway merchandise is included in net sales. The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company’s gift card program:  

Gift Card Program	    	Fiscal Year Ended	
 	 	March 30,	 	March 31,	 	April 1,	
(In thousands)	    	2019	    	2018	    	2017	
Beginning balance	 	$	7,857	 	$	7,108	 	$	5,939	
Current year issuances	 	 	14,112	 	 	11,007	 	 	9,882	
Current year redemptions	 	 	(12,341)	 	 	(9,871)	 	 	(8,530)	
Current year breakage	 	 	(832)	 	 	(387)	 	 	(183)	
Ending balance	 	$	8,796	 	$	7,857	 	$	7,108	

65

Table of Contents

Disaggregated Revenue  
The Company disaggregates net sales into the following major merchandise categories:

 	    	 	Fiscal Year Ended	
% of Net Sales	    	 	March 30, 2019	 	March 31, 2018	 	April 1, 2017	
Footwear	    	 	
52%	 	
53%	 	
52%	
Apparel	 	 	
34%	 	
32%	 	
32%	
Hats, accessories and other	 	 	
14%	 	
15%	 	
16%	
Total	 	 	
100%	 	
100%	 	
100%	
The Company further disaggregates net sales between stores and e-commerce:

 	    	 	Fiscal Year Ended	
% of Net Sales	    	 	March 30, 2019	 	March 31, 2018	 	April 1, 2017	
Stores	    	 	
83%	 	
83%	 	
82%	
E-commerce	 	 	
17%	 	
17%	 	
18%	
Total	 	 	
100%	 	
100%	 	
100%	
 
Cost of Goods Sold
Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, obsolescence and shrink provisions, store and warehouse occupancy costs (including rent, depreciation and utilities), inbound and outbound freight, supplier allowances, occupancy‑related taxes, compensation costs for merchandise purchasing and warehouse personnel and other inventory acquisition‑related costs.
Store Opening Costs
Store opening costs consist of costs incurred prior to opening a new store and primarily consist of manager and other employee payroll, travel and training costs, marketing expenses, initial opening supplies and costs of transporting initial inventory and certain fixtures to store locations, as well as occupancy costs incurred from the time that we take possession of a store site to the opening of that store. Occupancy costs are included in cost of goods sold and the other store opening costs are included in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses. All of these costs are expensed as incurred.
Advertising Costs
Certain advertising costs, including pay-per-click, direct mail, television and radio promotions, event sponsorship, in‑store photographs and other promotional advertising are expensed when the marketing campaign commences. The Company had prepaid advertising costs of $0.4 million and $0. 8  million as of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, respectively. All other advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company recognized $27.7 million, $25.5 million, and $24.7 million in advertising costs during fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Leases
The Company recognizes rent expense for operating leases on a straight‑line basis (including the effect of reduced or free rent and rent escalations) over the lease term. The difference between the cash paid to the landlord and the amount recognized as rent expense on a straight‑line basis is recognized as an adjustment to deferred rent in the consolidated balance sheets. Cash reimbursements received from landlords for leasehold improvements and other cash payments received from landlords as lease incentives are recorded as deferred rent and are amortized using the straight‑line method over the lease term as an offset to rent expense. Contingent rent, determined based on a percentage of sales in excess of specified levels, is recognized as rent expense when the achievement of the specified sales that triggers the contingent rent is probable.

66

Table of Contents

Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which requires the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to differences between financial statement and income tax reporting. Deferred tax assets, net of any valuation allowances, represent the future tax return consequences of those differences and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, which will be deductible when the assets are recovered. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.
The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Such changes in recognition or measurement might result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties, if incurred, are included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no accrued interest or penalties for the fiscal years ended March 30, 2019 or March 31, 2018.
Per Share Information
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock. In computing diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding is adjusted to reflect the effect of potentially dilutive securities such as stock options. In accordance with ASC 718, the Company utilizes the treasury stock method to compute the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units.
Fair Value of Certain Financial Assets and Liabilities
The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , (“ASC 820”) which requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of certain assets and liabilities defined by the guidance as financial instruments. The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. ASC 820 defines the fair value of financial instruments as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a three‑level hierarchy for disclosure that is based on the extent and level of judgment used to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities.

	·		Level 1 uses unadjusted quoted prices that are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The Company’s Level 1 assets include investments in money market funds.	
	·		Level 2 uses inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable through correlation with market data. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and inputs to valuation models or other pricing methodologies that do not require significant judgment because the inputs used in the model, such as interest rates and volatility, can be corroborated by readily observable market data.	

67

Table of Contents

	·		Level 3 uses one or more significant inputs that are unobservable and supported by little or no market activity, and reflect the use of significant management judgment. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques and significant management judgment or estimation. The Company’s Level 3 assets include certain acquired businesses and the evaluation of store impairment.	
Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are classified according to the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. As a result, the asset or liability could be classified as Level 2 or Level 3 even though there may be certain significant inputs that are readily observable. The Company believes that the recorded values of its financial instruments approximate their current fair values because of their nature and respective relatively short maturity dates or duration.
Although market quotes for the fair value of the outstanding debt arrangements discussed in Note 8 “Revolving credit facilities and long‑term debt” are not readily available, the Company believes its carrying value approximates fair value due to the variable interest rates, which are Level 2 inputs. There were no material financial assets or liabilities requiring fair value measurements as of March 30, 2019 on a recurring basis.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents. At times, such amounts held at banks may be in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits, and the Company mitigates such risk by utilizing multiple banks.
Supplier Concentration Risk
The Company purchases merchandise inventories from several hundred suppliers worldwide. Sales of products from the Company’s three largest suppliers totaled approximately 39% of net sales in fiscal 2019, approximately 40% of net sales in fiscal 2018, and approximately 38% of net sales in fiscal 2017 .
Hurricane-Related Insurance Claims
During fiscal 2018, as a result of Hurricane Harvey, $3.2 million of inventory and property, plant and equipment at certain Houston-area stores were damaged and written off. These assets were insured at the time of the loss. The Company also incurred $0.3 million of repairs and maintenance expense during fiscal 2018 as a result of Hurricane Harvey. The Company received cash insurance proceeds of $5.1 million as of March 31, 2018, which includes $0.1 million of business interruption cash insurance proceeds. The charges and recoveries are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses, resulting in a net gain of $1.6 million during fiscal 2018.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) jointly issued a new revenue recognition standard, ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue From Contracts with Customers, that supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The revenue recognition standard allows for the recognition of revenue when a company transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard permits the use of either a full retrospective or retrospective with cumulative effect transition method. On August 8, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, which deferred the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year, and permitted early adoption as long as the adoption date was not before the original public entity effective date. The standard was effective for public entities for annual periods, and interim periods within that year, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company adopted this standard effective April 1, 2018 on a modified retrospective basis. The Company’s revenues are generated from the sale of finished products to customers. Those sales contain a single delivery element and revenue for such sales is recognized when the customer obtains control. Adoption of the standard did not result in any change in the timing or amount of revenue recognized by the Company in fiscal 2019.

68

Table of Contents

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASC 842”). The FASB issued this ASU to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring lessees to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases classified as operating leases under current U.S. GAAP and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. Enhanced disclosures will also be required to give financial statement users the ability to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, allowing a modified retrospective approach, under which entities have the option to not restate comparative periods and instead recognize a cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the period of adoption. The amendments in these ASU’s are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within that year, beginning after December 15, 2018. The standards will be effective for the Company beginning March 31, 2019, the first day of its fiscal 2020 year.
The Company plans to elect transition-related practical expedients as accounting policies under ASU 2016-02, which allow entities to not reassess, as of the adoption date, (1) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) the classification of any expired or existing leases, and (3) if previously capitalized initial direct costs qualify for capitalization under ASC 842. The Company will elect the practical expedient option to not separate lease and non-lease components for all of its leases, and will also elect the short-term lease recognition exemption that will keep leases with an initial term of 12 months or less excluded from balance sheet capitalization. This will result in recognizing those lease payments in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Based on the Company’s completed assessment of its existing lease portfolio, the Company estimates it will record right-of-use (ROU) assets of approximately $165.0 million and ROU liabilities of approximately $180.0 million upon adoption of this standard.
The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment , which simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairment by eliminating step two from the goodwill impairment test. Under this new guidance, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The amendments in this ASU are effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company plans to adopt the standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and does not expect the revised standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
3. Asset Acquisitions and Business Combinations
Asset Acquisitions
Drysdales, Inc.
On July 3, 2018, Boot Barn, Inc. completed the acquisition of assets from Drysdales, Inc. (“Drysdales”), a retailer with two stores in Tulsa, Oklahoma. As part of the transaction, Boot Barn, Inc. purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord, offered employment to the Drysdales team at both store locations and assumed certain customer credits. The primary reason for the acquisition of Drysdales was to further   expand the Company’s retail operations in Oklahoma. The cash consideration paid was $3.8 million.
In allocating the purchase price, the Company recorded all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. As the acquisition did not meet the definition of a business combination under FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, the Company accounted for the transaction as an asset acquisition. In an asset acquisition, goodwill is not recognized, but rather any excess consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired is allocated on a relative fair value basis to the identifiable net assets. 

69

Table of Contents

The Company determined the estimated fair values using Level 3 inputs after review and consideration of relevant information, including quoted market prices and estimates made by management. The inventory was valued using the comparative sales method and the customer credits were valued using the cost approach. Based on the fair value analysis of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the inventory was valued at $4.2 million, and the customer credits were valued at $0.4 million.
Wood’s Boots  
On September 11, 2017, Boot Barn, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, completed the acquisition of assets from Wood’s Boots, a four-store family-owned retailer with stores in Midland and Odessa, Texas. As part of the transaction, Boot Barn, Inc. purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord, offered employment to the Wood’s Boots team at all four store locations and assumed certain customer credits. The cash consideration paid was $2.7 million.
In allocating the purchase price, the Company recorded all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. As the acquisition did not meet the definition of a business combination under FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, the Company accounted for the transaction as an asset acquisition. In an asset acquisition, goodwill is not recognized, but rather any excess consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired is allocated on a relative fair value basis to the identifiable net assets. 
The Company determined the estimated fair values using Level 3 inputs after review and consideration of relevant information, including quoted market prices and estimates made by management. The inventory was valued using the comparative sales method. Based on the fair value analysis of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the inventory was valued at $2.8 million, and the customer credits were valued at less than $0.1 million.
Country Outfitter
On February 16, 2017, Sheplers, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., entered into an asset purchase agreement with Acumen Brands, Inc., who owned and historically operated as one of its unincorporated business divisions a multi-faceted e-commerce retail business under the “Country Outfitter” name. As a result of the asset purchase agreement, Sheplers, Inc. purchased the rights and interest in the www.countryoutfitter.com website and social media accounts along with a customer email list (collectively the “Country Outfitter Asset Acquisition”). The cash consideration paid for the Country Outfitter Asset Acquisition was $1.3 million.
In allocating the purchase price, the Company recorded all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. As the acquisition did not meet the definition of a business combination under ASC 805, the Company accounted for the transaction as an asset acquisition. In an asset acquisition, goodwill is not recognized, but rather any excess consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired is allocated on a relative fair value basis to the identifiable net assets.
The Company determined the estimated fair values using Level 3 inputs after review and consideration of relevant information, including discounted cash flows, quoted market prices and estimates made by management. The trade name was valued using the relief from royalty method, the customer list was valued using the cost approach, and the merchandise credits were valued using the cost build-up approach. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date based on the purchase price allocation:

70

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	
    	 	At February 16, 2017	 	
 	    	(in thousands)	 	
Assets acquired:	 	 	 	 	
Intangible - trade name	 	$	1,300	 	
Intangible - customer list	 	 	506	 	
Total assets acquired	 	$	1,806	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities assumed:	 	 	 	 	
Other liability - merchandise credits	 	$	501	 	
Total liabilities assumed	 	 	501	 	
Net Assets acquired	 	$	1,305	 	
 
The acquired trade name is an indefinite-lived intangible asset. The period of amortization for the acquired customer list is based on the estimated attrition rate of three years, consistent with the valuation of the Company’s other customer list intangible assets.
 
Business Combinations
Lone Star Western & Casual LLC
On April 24, 2018, Boot Barn, Inc. completed the acquisition of Lone Star Western & Casual LLC (“Lone Star”), an individually owned retail company with three stores in Waxahachie, Corsicana and Athens, Texas. As part of the transaction, Boot Barn, Inc. purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord and offered employment to the Lone Star team at all three store locations. The primary reason for the acquisition of Lone Star was to further   expand the Company’s retail operations in Texas. The cash consideration paid for the acquisition was $4.4 million.
In allocating the purchase price, the Company recorded all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. The total fair value of consideration transferred for the acquisition was allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets based upon their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition of Lone Star. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill.
The Company determined the estimated fair values using Level 3 inputs after review and consideration of relevant information, including quoted market prices and estimates made by management. The inventory was valued using the comparative sales method.   Property and equipment, net, below and above-market leases and customer credits were valued under either the cost or income approach. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date based on the purchase price allocation:

    	 	At June 30, 2018	
 	    	(in thousands)	
Assets acquired:	 	 	 	
Inventory	 	$	1,872	
Property & equipment, net	 	 	42	
Below-market lease	 	 	92	
Goodwill	 	 	2,763	
Total assets acquired	 	$	4,769	
 	 	 	 	
Liabilities assumed:	 	 	 	
Other liability - merchandise credits	 	$	69	
Above-market lease	 	 	276	
Total liabilities assumed	 	 	345	
Net Assets acquired	 	$	4,424	

71

Table of Contents

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill is as follows (in thousands):

Balance as of April 1, 2017	    	$	193,095	 	
Activity during fiscal 2018	 	 	 —	 	
Balance as of March 31, 2018	 	 	193,095	 	
Goodwill as a result of the Lone Star Acquisition	 	 	2,763	 	
Balance as of March 30, 2019	 	$	195,858	 	

 
 
4. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 	    	March 30,	    	March 31,	 	
 	    	2019	    	2018	 	
Prepaid rent and property taxes	 	$	4,030	 	$	3,778	 	
Prepaid advertising	 	 	413	 	 	849	 	
Prepaid insurance	 	 	879	 	 	1,024	 	
Income tax receivable	 	 	1,534	 	 	5,834	 	
Debt issuance costs	 	 	343	 	 	514	 	
Other	 	 	4,701	 	 	4,251	 	
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets	 	$	11,900	 	$	16,250	 	

5. Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 	    	March 30,	    	March 31,	 	
 	    	2019	    	2018	 	
Land	 	$	2,530	 	$	2,530	 	
Buildings	 	 	7,998	 	 	7,998	 	
Leasehold improvements	 	 	62,910	 	 	55,885	 	
Machinery and equipment	 	 	31,825	 	 	26,411	 	
Furniture and fixtures	 	 	59,917	 	 	47,103	 	
Construction in progress	 	 	3,751	 	 	1,954	 	
Vehicles	 	 	1,480	 	 	1,201	 	
 	 	 	170,411	 	 	143,082	 	
Less: Accumulated depreciation	 	 	(71,748)	 	 	(53,874)	 	
Property and equipment, net	 	$	98,663	 	$	89,208	 	
 
Depreciation expense was $18.3 million, $16.0 million, and $14.6 million for fiscal years 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Amortization related to assets under capital leases is included in the above depreciation expense (see Note 11 “Leases”).

72

Table of Contents

6. Intangible Assets, Net
Net intangible assets consisted of the following:

 	 	March 30, 2019	 	
 	 	Gross	    	 	 	    	 	 	    	Weighted	 	
 	 	Carrying	 	Accumulated	 	 	 	 	Average	 	
 	    	Amount	    	Amortization	    	Net	    	Useful Life	 	
 	 	(in thousands, except for weighted average useful life)	 	
Customer lists	 	$	506	 	$	(393)	 	$	113	 	3.0	 	
Below-market leases	 	 	5,011	 	 	(2,967)	 	 	2,044	 	11.5	 	
Trademarks-definite lived	 	 	15	 	 	(4)	 	 	11	 	3.0	 	
Total definite lived	 	 	5,532	 	 	(3,364)	 	 	2,168	 	 	 	
Trademarks—indefinite lived	 	 	60,677	 	 	 —	 	 	60,677	 	 	 	
Total intangible assets	 	$	66,209	 	$	(3,364)	 	$	62,845	 	 	 	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	March 31, 2018	 	
 	 	Gross	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted	 	
 	 	Carrying	 	Accumulated	 	 	 	 	Average	 	
 	    	Amount	    	Amortization	    	Net	    	Useful Life	 	
 	 	(in thousands, except for weighted average useful life)	 	
Customer lists	 	$	1,594	 	$	(1,287)	 	$	307	 	3.8	 	
Below-market leases	 	 	4,918	 	 	(2,519)	 	 	2,399	 	11.6	 	
Total definite lived	 	 	6,512	 	 	(3,806)	 	 	2,706	 	 	 	
Trademarks—indefinite lived	 	 	60,677	 	 	 —	 	 	60,677	 	 	 	
Total intangible assets	 	$	67,189	 	$	(3,806)	 	$	63,383	 	 	 	
 
Amortization expense for intangible assets totaled $0.6 million, $1. 1 million, and $2. 2 million for fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
As of March 30, 2019, estimated future amortization of intangible assets was as follows:

Fiscal year	    	(in thousands)	 	
2020	 	$	500	 	
2021	 	 	332	 	
2022	 	 	234	 	
2023	 	 	202	 	
2024	 	 	168	 	
Thereafter	 	 	732	 	
Total	 	$	2,168	 	

7. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 	    	March 30,	    	March 31,	 	
 	    	2019	    	2018	 	
Accrued compensation	 	$	14,014	 	$	10,773	 	
Deferred revenue	 	 	10,211	 	 	9,528	 	
Sales tax liability	 	 	6,497	 	 	5,479	 	
Accrued interest	 	 	199	 	 	192	 	
Sales reward redemption liability	 	 	1,936	 	 	1,705	 	
Capital leases-short term	 	 	617	 	 	521	 	
Other	 	 	13,514	 	 	11,836	 	
Total accrued expenses	 	$	46,988	 	$	40,034	 	

73

Table of Contents

8. Revolving Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt
On June 29, 2015, the Company, as guarantor, and its wholly-owned primary operating subsidiary, Boot Barn, Inc., refinanced the $150.0 million credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility”) with the $125.0 million June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the $200.0 million 2015 Golub Term Loan. The borrowing base of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is calculated on a monthly basis and is based on the amount of eligible credit card receivables, commercial accounts, inventory, and available reserves. Borrowings under the credit agreements were initially used to pay costs and expenses related to the Sheplers Acquisition and the closing of such credit agreements, and may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes.
 
Borrowings under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver bear interest at per annum rates equal to, at the Company’s option, either (i) London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin for LIBOR loans, or (ii) the base rate plus an applicable margin for base rate loans. The base rate is calculated as the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Wells Fargo prime rate and (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The applicable margin is calculated based on a pricing grid that in each case is linked to quarterly average excess availability. For LIBOR loans, the applicable margin ranges from 1.00% to 1.25%, and for base rate loans it ranges from 0.00% to 0.25%. The Company also pays a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum of the actual daily amount of the unutilized revolving loans. The interest on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is payable in quarterly installments ending on the maturity date. On May 26, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver (the “2017 Wells Amendment”), increasing the aggregate revolving credit facility to $135.0 million and extending the maturity date to the earlier of May 26, 2022 or 90 days prior to the maturity of the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which is currently scheduled to mature on June 29, 2021. The amount outstanding under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver as of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018 was zero and $21.0 million, respectively. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.8 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 was 3.4%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.9 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was 2.5%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.5 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 was 1.9%.
 
Borrowings under the 2015 Golub Term Loan bear interest at per annum rates equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) LIBOR plus an applicable margin for LIBOR loans with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, or (b) the base rate plus an applicable margin for base rate loans. The base rate is calculated as the greater of (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate and (y) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% and (ii) the sum of one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The applicable margin is 4.5% for LIBOR loans and 3.5% for base rate loans. The principal and interest on the 2015 Golub Term Loan is payable in quarterly installments ending on the maturity date of the term loan, June 29, 2021. Quarterly principal payments of $500,000 are due each quarter. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $12.5 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 was 7.0%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $11.2 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was 5.9%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $11.2 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 was 5.5%.
 
All obligations under each of the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and each of its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than certain immaterial subsidiaries) which are not named as borrowers under the 2015 Golub Term Loan or the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver, as applicable.
 
The priority with respect to collateral under each of the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement among the lenders under the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver.
 
Each of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan contains customary provisions relating to mandatory prepayments, restricted payments, voluntary payments, affirmative and negative covenants, and

74

Table of Contents
events of default. In addition, the terms of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver require the Company to maintain, on a consolidated basis, a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver) of at least 1.00:1.00 during such times as a covenant trigger event shall exist. On May 26, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the 2015 Golub Term Loan (the “2017 Golub Amendment”). The 2017 Golub Amendment changed the maximum Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the 2015 Golub Term Loan) requirements to 4.50:1.00 as of March 31, 2018, stepping down to 4.00:1.00 as of December 29, 2018 and for all subsequent periods. The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and 2015 Golub Term Loan also require the Company to pay additional interest of 2.0% per annum upon triggering certain specified events of default set forth therein. For financial accounting purposes, the requirement for the Company to pay a higher interest rate upon an event of default is an embedded derivative. As of March 30, 2019, the fair value of these embedded derivatives was estimated and was not significant.
As of March 30, 2019, we were in compliance with the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan covenants.
Debt Issuance Costs and Debt Discount
The Company paid $1.4 million of transaction fees in connection with the February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility. These transaction fees were paid to both Wells Fargo and other advisors via a reduction in the proceeds from the February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility and were accounted for as debt issuance costs and a debt discount at March 26, 2016.
 
Debt issuance costs totaling $1.0 million were incurred under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and 2017 Wells Amendment and are included as assets on the consolidated balance sheets in prepaid expenses and other current assets. Total unamortized debt issuance costs were $0.3 million and $0.5 million as of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, respectively. These amounts are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver.
 
Debt issuance costs and debt discount totaling $6.0 million were incurred under the 2015 Golub Term Loan and 2017 Golub Amendment and are included as a reduction of the current and non-current note payable on the consolidated balance sheets. Total unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount were $2.2 million and $3.3 million as of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, respectively. These amounts are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the 2015 Golub Term Loan.
 
The following sets forth the balance sheet information related to the term loan:

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	    	March 30,	      	March 31,	 	
(in thousands)	 	2019	 	2018	 	
Term Loan	 	$	176,500	 	$	186,500	 	
Unamortized value of the debt issuance costs and debt discount	 	 	(2,236)	 	 	(3,300)	 	
Net carrying value	 	$	174,264	 	$	183,200	 	

Total amortization expense of $1.2 million related to the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and 2015 Golub Term Loan is included as a component of interest expense in each of the fiscal years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018. 

75

Table of Contents

Aggregate contractual maturities
Aggregate contractual maturities for the Company’s long-term debt as of March 30, 2019 are as follows:

 	 	 	 	 	
Fiscal Year	 	 	(in thousands)	 	
2020	 	$	 —	 	
2021	 	 	 —	 	
2022	 	 	176,500	 	
2023	 	 	 —	 	
2024	 	 	 —	 	
Total	 	$	176,500	 	

9. Stock-Based Compensation
Equity Incentive Plans
On January 27, 2012, the Company approved the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”). The 2011 Plan authorized the Company to issue options to employees, consultants and directors exercisable for up to a total of 3,750,000 shares of common stock. As of March 30, 2019, all awards granted by the Company under the 2011 Plan have been nonqualified stock options. Options granted under the 2011 Plan have a life of 10 years and vest over service periods of five years or in connection with certain events as defined by the 2011 Plan.
On October 19, 2014, the Company approved the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which was amended as of August 24, 2016 (as amended, the “2014 Plan”). The 2014 Plan authorizes the Company to issue awards to employees, consultants and directors for up to a total of 3,600,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. As of March 30, 2019, all awards granted by the Company under the 2014 Plan to date have been nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards or restricted stock units. Options granted under the 2014 Plan have a life of eight years and vest over service periods of four or five years or in connection with certain events as defined by the 2014 Plan. Restricted stock awards granted vest over one or four years, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Restricted stock units vest over service periods of one, four or five years, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
Stock Options
During fiscal 2019, the Company granted certain members of management options to purchase a total of 294,691 shares under the 2014 Plan. The total grant date fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2019 was $2.7 million, with grant date fair values ranging from $8.63 to $11.11 per share. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these stock options on a straight-line basis over the four-year service period of the awards. The exercise prices of these awards range between $22.85 and $29.73 per share.
Stock option awards are measured at fair value on the grant date using the Black‑Scholes option valuation model. Key input assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options include the exercise price of the award, the expected option term, expected volatility of the Company’s stock price over the option’s expected term, the risk‑free interest rate over the option’s expected term and the Company’s expected annual dividend yield, if any. The Company issues shares of common stock when options are exercised.

76

Table of Contents

The fair values of stock options granted in fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 were estimated on the grant dates using the following assumptions:

 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	
 	March 30,	 	March 31,	 	April 1,	 	
 	2019	    	2018	    	2017	    	
Expected option term (1)	 	 	 	5.3	years  	 	 	 	5.5	years  	 	 	 	5.5	years  	
Expected volatility factor (2)	36.1	%	-	37.7	%  	34.0	%	-	35.5	%  	35.8	%	-	36.0	%  	
Risk-free interest rate (3)	2.2	%	-	2.8	%  	1.8	%	-	2.7	%  	 	 	 	1.4	%  	
Expected annual dividend yield	 	 	 	
0	%	 	 	 	
0	%	 	 	 	
0	%	

	(1)		The Company has limited historical information regarding the expected option term. Accordingly, the Company determined the expected life of the options using the simplified method.	
	(2)		Stock volatility for each grant is measured using the weighted average of historical daily price changes of the Company’s competitors’ common stock over the most recent period equal to the expected option term of the Company’s awards.	
	(3)		The risk‑free interest rate is determined using the rate on treasury securities with the same term.	
Intrinsic value for stock options is defined as the difference between the market price of the Company’s common stock on the last business day of the fiscal year and the weighted average exercise price of in‑the‑money stock options outstanding at the end of each fiscal period. The following table summarizes the stock award activity for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019:

 	    	 	    	 	 	    	Weighted	    	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Grant Date	 	Average	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Weighted	 	Remaining	 	Aggregate	 	
 	 	Stock	 	Average	 	Contractual	 	Intrinsic	 	
 	    	Options	    	Exercise Price	    	Life (in Years)	    	Value	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(in thousands)	 	
Outstanding at March 31, 2018	 	2,075,085	 	$	10.40	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Granted	 	294,691	 	$	24.52	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exercised	 	(1,005,115)	 	$	8.10	 	 	 	$	16,735	 	
Cancelled, forfeited or expired	 	(71,314)	 	$	10.53	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Outstanding at March 30, 2019	 	1,293,347	 	$	15.40	 	5.5	 	$	18,171	 	
Vested and expected to vest after March 30, 2019	 	1,293,347	 	$	15.40	 	5.5	 	$	18,171	 	
Exercisable at March 30, 2019	 	375,497	 	$	17.09	 	4.0	 	$	4,649	 	
A summary of the status of non-vested stock options as of March 30, 2019 and changes during fiscal 2019 is presented below:

 	    	 	    	Weighted-	 	
 	 	 	 	Average	 	
 	 	 	 	Grant Date	 	
 	    	Shares	    	Fair Value	 	
Nonvested at March 31, 2018	 	980,931	 	$	4.08	 	
Granted	 	294,691	 	$	9.13	 	
Vested	 	(290,455)	 	$	4.91	 	
Nonvested shares forfeited	 	(67,317)	 	$	3.48	 	
Nonvested at March 30, 2019	 	917,850	 	$	5.48	 	
 
Restricted Stock
During fiscal 2019, the Company granted 86,996 restricted stock units to various directors and employees under the 2014 Plan. The shares granted to employees vest in four equal annual installments beginning on the grant date,

77

Table of Contents
provided that the respective award recipient continues to be employed by the Company through each of those dates. The shares granted to the Company’s directors vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The grant date fair value of these awards for fiscal 2019 totaled $2.2 million. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these awards on a straight-line basis over the service period of each award, commencing on the date of grant.
 
During fiscal 2018, the Company granted 126,800 restricted stock units to various directors and employees under the 2014 Plan. The shares granted to employees vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the grant date, provided that the respective award recipient continues to be employed by the Company through each of those dates. The shares granted to the Company’s directors vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The grant date fair value of these awards for fiscal 2018 totaled $1.1 million. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these awards on a straight-line basis over the service period of each award, commencing on the date of grant.
During fiscal 2017, the Company granted 136,732 restricted stock units to various employees under the 2014 Plan. The shares granted to employees vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the grant date, provided that the respective award recipient continues to be employed by the Company through each of those dates. The shares granted to the Company’s directors vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The grant date fair value of these awards for fiscal 2017 totaled $1.1 million. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these awards on a straight-line basis over the service period of each award, commencing on the date of grant. 
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Stock‑based compensation expense was $2.9 million, $2.2 million, and $3.0 million for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense of $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and $0.5 million was recorded in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. All other stock-based compensation expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
As of March 30, 2019, there was $3.8 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options, with a weighted-average remaining recognition period of 2.90 years. As of March 30, 2019, there was $2.4 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock, with a weighted-average remaining recognition period of 2.95 years.
 
10. Commitments and Contingencies
The Company is involved, from time to time, in litigation that is incidental to its business. The Company has reviewed these matters to determine if reserves are required for losses that are probable and reasonable to estimate in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, Contingencies . The Company evaluates such reserves, if any, based upon several criteria, including the merits of each claim, settlement discussions and advice from outside legal counsel, as well as indemnification of amounts expended by the Company’s insurers or others, if any.
On April 28, 2016, two employees, on behalf of themselves and all other similarly situated employees, filed a wage-and-hour class action, which includes claims for penalties under California’s Private Attorney General Act, in the Fresno County Superior Court, Case No. 16 CE CG 01330, alleging violations of California’s wage and hour, overtime, meal break and statement of wages rules and regulations, among other things.  On April 10, 2017, the Company reached a settlement with the employees for an amount that is not material to the consolidated financial statements. The amount of the settlement was previously accrued until payment was made to the employees in August 2018.

78

Table of Contents

During the normal course of its business, the Company has made certain indemnifications and commitments under which the Company may be required to make payments for certain transactions. These indemnifications include those given to various lessors in connection with facility leases for certain claims arising from such facility leases, and indemnifications to directors and officers of the Company to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. The majority of these indemnifications and commitments do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments the Company could be obligated to make, and their duration may be indefinite. The Company has not recorded any liability for these indemnifications and commitments in the consolidated balance sheets as the impact is expected to be immaterial.
11. Leases
Operating Leases
The following is a schedule by year of non‑cancelable future minimum rental payments under operating leases as of March 30, 2019 (in thousands):

 	    	 	 	 	
 	    	Total	 	
2020	 	$	37,877	 	
2021	 	 	36,352	 	
2022	 	 	31,732	 	
2023	 	 	26,649	 	
2024	 	 	20,536	 	
Thereafter	 	 	44,061	 	
Total	 	$	197,207	 	
 
Minimum rent payments consist primarily of future minimum lease commitments related to store operating leases. Minimum lease payments do not include common area maintenance, insurance or tax payments. Rent expense related to operating leases was $45.7 million, $43.3 million, and $41.3 million for the fiscal years ended March 30, 2019, March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively, and includes common area maintenance and contingent rent payments.
Capital Leases and Financing Transactions
As of March 30, 2019, the Company had non‑cancelable capital leases for property and equipment rentals with principal and interest payments due monthly. The liability under capital lease arrangements as of March 30, 2019 totals $0.7 million.
During fiscal 2016, the Company acquired leases related to two retail stores, two office buildings, one distribution center facility and land as part of the Sheplers Acquisition, which were recorded as a financing transaction. The leases expire in fiscal 2028 and include renewal options and certain default provisions requiring the Company to perform repairs and maintenance, make timely rent payments and insure the buildings and equipment. The liability under the financing transaction as of March 30, 2019 totals $6.7 million.
The total liability under capital lease and financing transactions as of March 30, 2019 is $7.4 million and is included as capital lease obligations in the consolidated balance sheet. The current portion of the capital lease arrangements is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The interest rates range from 6.1% to 19.3%. 

79

Table of Contents

As of March 30, 2019, future minimum capital lease and financing transaction payments are as follows:

Fiscal Year	 	(in thousands)	 	
2020	 	$	1,346	 	
2021	 	 	1,351	 	
2022	 	 	1,364	 	
2023	 	 	1,311	 	
2024	 	 	1,286	 	
Thereafter	 	 	4,279	 	
Total	 	 	10,937	 	
Less: Imputed interest	 	 	(3,574)	 	
Present value of capital leases and financing transaction	 	 	7,363	 	
Less: Current capital leases and financing transaction	 	 	(617)	 	
Noncurrent capital leases and financing transaction	 	$	6,746	 	
 
The net property and equipment involved in the Company’s capital leases and financing transaction are included in property and equipment as follows:

 	 	March 30,	 	March 31,	 	
(in thousands)	    	2019	    	2018	 	
Buildings	 	$	7,588	 	$	7,588	 	
Land	 	 	2,530	 	 	2,530	 	
Site improvements	 	 	410	 	 	410	 	
Equipment	 	 	234	 	 	63	 	
Property and equipment, gross	 	 	10,762	 	 	10,591	 	
Less: accumulated depreciation	 	 	(2,775)	 	 	(1,980)	 	
Property and equipment, net	 	$	7,987	 	$	8,611	 	
 
Other liabilities, which relate primarily to long‑term lease liabilities, are as follows:

 	    	March 30,	    	March 31,	 	
(in thousands)	    	2019	    	2018	 	
Above-market leases	 	$	256	 	$	 7	 	
Long-term deferred rent	 	 	17,312	 	 	14,812	 	
Capital lease residual value	 	 	3,968	 	 	3,968	 	
Other	 	 	220	 	 	17	 	
Total other liabilities	 	$	21,756	 	$	18,804	 	

12. Defined Contribution Plan
The Boot Barn 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) is a qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) Plan provides a matching contribution for all employees that work a minimum of 1,000 hours per year. Contributions to the plan are based on certain criteria as defined in the agreement, governing the 401(k) Plan. Participating employees are allowed to contribute up to the statutory maximum set by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company provides a safe harbor matching contribution that matches 100% of employee contributions up to 3% of their respective wages and then 50% of further contributions up to 5% of their respective wages. Contributions to the plan and charges to selling, general and administrative expenses were $0.9 million, $0.7 million, and $0.6 million for fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

80

Table of Contents

13. Income Taxes
Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following:

 	    	Fiscal Year Ended	 	
 	 	March 30,	 	March 31,	 	April 1,	 	
(in thousands)	    	2019	    	2018	    	2017	 	
Current:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	 	$	2,728	 	$	(104)	 	$	2,274	 	
State	 	 	2,057	 	 	544	 	 	464	 	
Foreign	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 8	 	
Total current	 	 	4,785	 	 	440	 	 	2,746	 	
Deferred:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	 	 	4,056	 	 	622	 	 	5,946	 	
State	 	 	133	 	 	1,237	 	 	231	 	
Foreign	 	 	 —	 	 	 1	 	 	(1)	 	
Total deferred	 	 	4,189	 	 	1,860	 	 	6,176	 	
Total income tax expense	 	$	8,974	 	$	2,300	 	$	8,922	 	
 
The reconciliation between the Company’s effective tax rate on income from operations and the statutory tax rate is as follows:

 	    	Fiscal Year Ended	 	
 	 	March 30,	 	March 31,	 	April 1,	 	
 	    	2019	    	2018	    	2017	 	
Expected provision at statutory U.S. federal tax rate	 	21.0	%  	30.8	%  	35.0	%  	
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit	 	3.9	 	3.3	 	3.0	 	
Change in state rate	 	 —	 	(0.2)	 	(1.2)	 	
Federal rate change	 	 —	 	(22.4)	 	 —	 	
Permanent items	 	0.9	 	1.1	 	0.3	 	
Excess tax benefit of stock-based compensation	 	(7.6)	 	(5.7)	 	 —	 	
Other	 	0.5	 	0.5	 	1.5	 	
Effective tax rate	 	18.7	%  	7.4	%  	38.6	%  	

Differences between the effective tax rate and the statutory rate relate primarily to excess tax benefits as a result of stock-based compensation, state taxes, and the change in federal rate due to the legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

81

Table of Contents

Deferred taxes reflect the net tax effects of the temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and the amount used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities as of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 	    	March 30	    	March 31,	 	
 	    	2019	    	2018	 	
Deferred tax assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
State taxes	 	$	129	 	$	47	 	
Accrued liabilities	 	 	2,500	 	 	2,369	 	
Award program liabilities	 	 	322	 	 	117	 	
Deferred revenue	 	 	1,457	 	 	1,062	 	
Inventory	 	 	3,163	 	 	2,338	 	
Stock options	 	 	1,261	 	 	1,436	 	
Net operating loss carryforward	 	 	1,280	 	 	5,077	 	
Other, net	 	 	1,181	 	 	393	 	
Total deferred tax assets	 	 	11,293	 	 	12,839	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	(27,459)	 	 	(23,875)	 	
Prepaid expenses	 	 	(398)	 	 	(1,222)	 	
Total deferred tax liabilities	 	 	(27,857)	 	 	(25,097)	 	
Valuation allowance	 	 	(638)	 	 	(772)	 	
Net deferred tax liabilities	 	$	(17,202)	 	$	(13,030)	 	

As of March 30, 2019, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state tax purposes of $1.3 million and $20.2 million, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates beginning in 2019.
Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. To this end, the Company has considered and evaluated its sources of taxable income, including forecasted future taxable income, and the Company has concluded that a valuation allowance is required for state net operating losses it expects to expire unused. The Company will continue to evaluate the need for a valuation allowance at each period end.
The Company applies ASC 740, which contains a two‑step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments. At March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, no material amounts were recorded for any uncertain tax positions.
The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. To the extent that accrued interest and penalties do not ultimately become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made. The Company does not have any accrued interest or penalties associated with any unrecognized tax benefits as of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018.
The Company does not anticipate a significant change in its uncertain tax benefits over the next 12 months. 
The major jurisdictions in which the Company files income tax returns include the U.S. federal jurisdiction, as well as various state jurisdictions within the U.S. The Company’s fiscal years 2014 through 2018 returns are subject to examination by the U.S. federal and various state tax authorities.
On December 22, 2017, the legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was

82

Table of Contents
signed into law by the President of the United States. The Act included various changes to previously existing tax law, including a permanent reduction in the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective beginning January 1, 2018. As a result of this rate change, the Company recorded provisional tax impacts related to all aspects of tax reform in its fiscal 2018 tax calculations by applying the guidance in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”). SAB 118 allowed taxpayers to record a reasonable estimate of the impact of the U.S. legislation when it did not have the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete its accounting for the change in tax law. The Company completed its assessment of the final impact of the guidance within the one-year time frame provided by SAB 118, and did not make any adjustments to the provision during fiscal 2019.
14. Related Party Transactions
The Company had capital expenditures with Floor & Décor Holdings, Inc., a specialty retail vendor in the flooring market. These capital expenditures amounted to $0.5 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million in fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, respectively, and were recorded as property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheet. Certain members of the Company’s board of directors either currently serve on the board of directors or serve as an executive officer at Floor & Décor Holdings, Inc.
John Grijalva, the husband of Ms. Grijalva, Chief Merchandising Officer, works as an independent sales representative primarily for Dan Post Boot Company, Outback Trading Company, LTD and KS Marketing LLC. Mr. Grijalva conducts his business as an independent sales representative through a limited liability company of which he and Ms. Grijalva are members. We purchased merchandise from these suppliers in the aggregate approximate amounts of $15.4 million, $17.0 million, and $16.1 million in fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2017, respectively. Mr. Grijalva was paid commissions of approximately $1.1 million, $1.1 million, and $1.3 million, respectively, in these periods, a portion of which were passed on to other sales representatives working for Mr. Grijalva.
15. Earnings Per Share
Earnings per share is computed under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share . Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method, whereby proceeds from such exercise and unamortized compensation, if any, on share-based awards are assumed to be used by the Company to purchase the shares of common stock at the average market price during the period. The dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock is applicable only in periods of net income.
The components of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock, in aggregate, for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

 	    	Fiscal Year Ended	
 	 	March 30,	 	March 31,	 	April 1,	
(in thousands, except per share data)	 	2019	    	2018	    	2017	
Net income	 	$	39,022	 	$	28,879	 	$	14,197	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted average basic shares outstanding	 	 	28,092	 	 	26,744	 	 	26,459	
Dilutive effect of options and restricted stock	 	 	721	 	 	784	 	 	480	
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding	 	 	28,813	 	 	27,528	 	 	26,939	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share	 	$	1.39	 	$	1.08	 	$	0.54	
Diluted earnings per share	 	$	1.35	 	$	1.05	 	$	0.53	

83

Table of Contents

Options to purchase approximately 483,050, 476,870, and 694,278 shares of common stock during the fiscal years ended March 30, 2019, March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017 were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of weighted average diluted common shares outstanding as the effect of doing so would have been anti-dilutive.
16. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
The tables below set forth selected quarterly financial data for each of the last two fiscal years.

 	 	Fiscal 2019	 	Fiscal 2018	 	 	
 	 	Fourth	 	Third	 	Second	 	First	 	Fourth	 	Third	 	Second	 	First	 	 	
(in thousands, except per share data)	    	quarter	    	quarter	    	quarter	    	quarter	    	quarter	    	quarter	    	quarter	    	quarter	 	 	
Net sales	$	192,755	$	254,006	$	168,109	$	161,984	$	170,766	$	224,732	$	143,072	$	139,379	 	 	
Gross profit	 	63,406	 	85,663	 	50,918	 	51,447	 	52,896	 	71,937	 	41,690	 	41,392	 	 	
Income from operations	 	16,499	 	29,297	 	8,697	 	9,829	 	11,282	 	24,395	 	5,638	 	4,941	 	 	
Net income	 	8,697	 	19,030	 	4,534	 	6,761	 	6,855	 	20,149	 	1,098	 	777	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic shares	$	0.31	$	0.67	$	0.16	$	0.24	$	0.25	$	0.76	$	0.04	$	0.03	 	 	
Diluted shares	$	0.30	$	0.66	$	0.16	$	0.24	$	0.24	$	0.73	$	0.04	$	0.03	 	 	
Weighted average shares outstanding:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic shares	 	28,327	 	28,320	 	28,119	 	27,604	 	27,134	 	26,674	 	26,608	 	26,559	 	 	
Diluted shares	 	28,922	 	28,886	 	28,875	 	28,542	 	28,245	 	27,596	 	26,950	 	26,969	 	 	

 

84

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants  on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedure  s
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain a system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e) under the Exchange Act) designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (our principal executive officer) and our Chief Financial Officer (our principal financial officer and principal accounting officer), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures under the Exchange Act as of March 30, 2019, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10‑K. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of March 30, 2019, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 30, 2019. In making this assessment, our management used the Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013)  as issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 30, 2019.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 30, 2019 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

85

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 30, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 30, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended March 30, 2019, of the Company and our report dated May 23, 2019, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Costa Mesa, California
May 23, 2019

86

Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarterly period ended March 30, 2019 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Informatio  n
None.

87

Table of Contents

PART II  I
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governanc  e
The information required by this item will be contained in our Proxy Statement, which is expected to be filed not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 30, 2019, and is incorporated herein by reference.
In addition, our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Business Ethics that applies to all of our directors, employees and officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer. The current version of the Code of Business Ethics is available on our website under the Investor Relations section at www.bootbarn.com. In accordance with the rules adopted by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, we intend to promptly disclose any amendments to certain provisions of the Code of Business Ethics, or waivers of such provisions granted to executive officers and directors, on our website under the Investor Relations section at www.bootbarn.com. The information contained on or accessible through our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.
Item 11. Executive Compensatio  n
The information required by this Item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owner  s and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this Item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transaction  s, and Director Independence
The information required by this Item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Servic  es
The information required by this Item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
PART I  V
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule  s
Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules
See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10‑K. Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable or because the information required in those schedules either is not material or is included in the consolidated financial statements or the accompanying notes.
Exhibits
The exhibits listed below are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.

 

88

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	
Exhibit
Number	   	Description	
2.1(1)	 	Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Boot Barn, Inc., Rodeo Acquisition Corp., Sheplers Holding Corporation and Gryphon Partners III, L.P. as Guarantor and the Sellers’ Representative, dated as of May 29, 2015	
3.1(2)	 	Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant	
3.2(3)	 	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant	
3.2.1(4)	 	Amendment, effective March 23, 2015, to Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant	
4.1(3)	 	Specimen Common Stock Certificate	
4.2(3)	 	Form of Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and the stockholders listed therein	

4.3	 	Description of Capital Stock	
10.1†(5)	 	Amended and Restated Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan	
10.2†(3)	 	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan	
10.3†(6)	 	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Issuance Agreement under the Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan	
10.4†(3)	 	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement, by and between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Brenda Morris	
10.5†(3)	 	Form of Stock Option Agreement, by and between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and James G. Conroy	
10.6†(3)	 	Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan	
10.7†(3)	 	Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan	
10.8†(7)	 	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated April 7, 2015, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and James G. Conroy	
10.9†(8)	 	Continued Employment Agreement, effective as of January 26, 2015, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Paul Iacono	
10.10†(2)	 	Employment Agreement, effective as of May 11, 2014, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Laurie Grijalva	
10.11†(2)	 	Letter Agreement, dated July 2, 2014, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Laurie Grijalva	
10.12†(8)	 	Employment Agreement, effective as of January 26, 2015, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Gregory V. Hackman	
10.13†(8)	 	Form of Stock Option Agreement, by and between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Gregory V. Hackman	
10.14†(9)	 	Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. Cash Incentive Plan for Executives	
10.15(3)	 	NSB Software as a Service Master Agreement, dated February 26, 2008, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and NSB Retail Solutions Inc.	
10.16+(3)	 	Carrier Agreement P720025535 01, effective as of September 30, 2013, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and United Parcel Service Inc., including all Addendums thereto	
10.17+(3)	 	Carrier Agreement P780025560 02, effective as of September 30, 2013, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and United Parcel Service Inc., including all Addendums thereto	
10.18(3)	 	Form of Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement	
10.19+(10)	 	Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., GCI Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger, Sole Bookrunner and Syndication Agent, and the other Lenders named therein.	
10.18.1+(12)	 	First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Collateral Agreement dated as of May 26, 2017, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Golub Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger, Sole Bookrunner and Syndication Agent, and the other Lenders named therein.  	
10.18.2(13)	 	Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of February 19, 2019, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Golub Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger, Sole Bookrunner and Syndication Agent, and the other Lenders named therein.	

89

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number	  	Description	

10.19(10)	 	Guaranty Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn, Inc. as Borrower, Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and certain Subsidiaries of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. as Guarantors, in favor of GCI Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent.	
10.20+(10)	 	Collateral Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc. and certain of its Subsidiaries as Grantors, in favor of GCI Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent.	
10.21(10)	 	Trademark Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015 by Sheplers, Inc., in favor of GCI Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent.	
10.22(10)	 	Trademark Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015 by Boot Barn, Inc., in favor of GCI Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent.	
10.23(10)	 	Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Sheplers Holding Corporation, Sheplers, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and the other Lenders named therein.	
10.23.1(11)	 	Amendment No. 1, dated as of January 25, 2017, to Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Sheplers Holding Corporation, Sheplers, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and the other Lenders named therein.	
10.23.2+(12)	 	Amendment No. 2, dated as of May 26, 2017, to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 26, 2017, to Collateral Agreement, in each case dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Sheplers Holding Corporation, Sheplers, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and the other Lenders named therein.	
10.24(10)	 	Guaranty Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015 by and among Boot Barn, Inc. and Sheplers, Inc. as Borrowers, Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Sheplers Holdings Corporation and certain of their Subsidiaries as Guarantors, in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent.	
10.25(10)	 	Collateral Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Sheplers Holding Corporation, Sheplers, Inc. and certain of their Subsidiaries as Grantors, in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent.	
10.26(10)	 	Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2015, by Sheplers, Inc., in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent.	
10.27(10)	 	Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2015, by Boot Barn, Inc., in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent.	

10.28	 	Employment Agreement, effective on or around April 2, 2018, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and John Hazen.	

10.29	 	Employment Agreement, effective on May 5, 2014, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Michael A. Love.	

10.29.1	 	Supplemental Employment Letter Agreement, effective on April 1, 2017, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Michael A. Love.  	

10.29.2	 	Supplemental Employment Letter Agreement, effective on or around June 12, 2018, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Michael A. Love.  	

21.1	 	List of subsidiaries	

23.1	 	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP	

31.1	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002	

31.2	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002	

32.1	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002	

32.2	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002	

90

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number	  	Description	

101.INS	 	XBRL Instance Document	
101.SCH	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document	
101.CAL	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document	
101.DEF	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document	
101.LAB	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document	
101.PRE	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document	

† Indicates management contract or compensation plan.
+ Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and the omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.

	(1)		Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 3, 2015.	
	(2)		Incorporated by reference to our Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q filed on December 9, 2014.	
	(3)		Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S‑1, File No. 333‑199008.	
	(4)		Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8‑K filed on March 26, 2015.	
	(5)		Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 25, 2016.	
	(6)		Incorporated by reference to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2015.	
	(7)		Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8‑K filed on April 8, 2015.	
	(8)		Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8‑K filed on January 9, 2015.	
	(9)		Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2017.	
	(10)		Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2015.	
	(11)		Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2017.	
	(12)		Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 1, 2017. 	
	(13)		Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 21, 2019. 	

91

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 	BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.	
 	 	
Date: May 23, 2019	By:	/s/ James G. Conroy	
 	 	Name:	James G. Conroy	
 	 	Title:	President, CEO and Director	
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	   	Title	   	Date	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ James G. Conroy	 	President, CEO and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	 	May 23, 2019	
James G. Conroy	 		 		
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Gregory V. Hackman	 	Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	 	May 23, 2019	
Gregory V. Hackman	 		 		
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Greg Bettinelli	 	Director	 	May 23, 2019	
Greg Bettinelli	 		 		
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Lisa G. Laube	 	Director	 	May 23, 2019	
Lisa G. Laube	 		 		
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Brenda I. Morris	 	Director	 	May 23, 2019	
Brenda I. Morris	 		 		
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Anne MacDonald	 	Director	 	May 23, 2019	
Anne MacDonald	 		 		
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Peter Starrett	 	Director	 	May 23, 2019	
Peter Starrett	 		 		
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Bradley M. Weston	 	Director	 	May 23, 2019	
Bradley M. Weston	 		 		

92

Exhibit 4.3
Description of Capital Stock
The following description of our capital stock is not complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, which are included as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K to which this description is Exhibit 4.3 and by the provisions of applicable Delaware law.
Authorized and Outstanding Shares
Our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.
As of May 22, 2019, there were 28,356,159 shares of our common stock outstanding, which were held by 2   stockholders of record and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.
Common Stock
Holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of a majority of our shares of common stock can elect all of the directors then standing for election.
Holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to receive pro rata dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.
Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.
Holders of shares of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of shares of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.
Preferred Stock
Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders.
Our board of directors is able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

	·		the designation of the series;	
	·		the number of shares of the series, which our board may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding;	
	·		the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series;	
	·		whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;	

the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

	·		the rights of priority and amounts payable, if any, on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our company;	
	·		the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;	
	·		the terms of any purchase, retirement or sinking fund, if any, provided for shares of the series;	
	·		the terms, if any, upon which the shares of the series will be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class, classes or series, or other securities, whether issued by our company or by any other entity;	
	·		restrictions, if any, upon issuance of indebtedness of our company so long as any shares of the series are outstanding; and	
	·		restrictions, if any, on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series.	
The issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock by, among other things:

	·		restricting dividends on the common stock;	
	·		diluting the voting power of the common stock;	
	·		impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or	
	·		discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by the stockholders.	
As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Authorized but unissued capital stock
The Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which will apply so long as the common stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.
Anti-takeover effects of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and provisions of Delaware law
Undesignated preferred stock
As discussed above, the ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us or otherwise effect a change in control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company. Such provisions may also impede or discourage transactions that some, or a majority, of our stockholders might believe to be in their best interests, or in which our stockholders might receive a premium for their shares of common stock over the market price for such shares.
Requirements for advance notification of stockholder meetings, nominations and proposals; board vacancies
Our Amended and Restated Bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Additionally, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

Amendments to our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws
The DGCL provides that, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, the affirmative vote of holders of shares constituting a majority of the votes of all shares entitled to vote may approve amendments to the certificate of incorporation. Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation does not provide for any different approval requirement.
Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes our board of directors to adopt, amend, add to, modify or repeal our Amended and Restated Bylaws without stockholder approval.
Limitations on stockholder action by written consent
Our Amended and Restated Bylaws prohibit the taking of any action of our stockholders by written consent without a meeting, unless that action is taken with regard to a matter that has been approved by our board of directors or requires the approval only of certain classes or series of our stock. This may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder action.
Exclusive venue
Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws and (4) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.
Stockholder meetings
Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of our board of directors. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws allows the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.
No cumulative voting
The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise. Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to elect a director to our board.
Delaware anti-takeover statute
We have not opted out of, and therefore are subject to, Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

	·		prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;	
	·		upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the	

transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or	
	·		on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66‑2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.	
These provisions generally prohibit or delay the accomplishment of mergers, assets or stock sales or other takeover or change-in-control attempts that are not approved by a company’s board of directors. Generally, a business combination includes a merger, an asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect that Section 203 would have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. In such event, we would also anticipate that Section 203 could defer, delay or discourage offers or takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.
The provisions of Section 203 may encourage companies interested in acquiring our company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the supermajority stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
Corporate opportunity
Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains language exempting Freeman Spogli & Co. and its affiliates from certain duties relating to corporate opportunities and other fiduciary duties.  Freeman Spogli & Co. was previously our majority stockholder. Currently, neither Freeman Spogli & Co. nor any of its affiliates own any shares of our capital stock.
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify each of our stockholders who have registration rights against certain liabilities in connection with a demand or piggyback registration of shares of our common stock, including under the Securities Act.
Market listing
Our common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “BOOT.”
Transfer agent and registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A.
Registration Rights
In addition to rights of sale under Rule 144, several of our existing stockholders have registration rights which enable them to include their shares in certain registration statements we may file to allow for the resale of their shares to the public. If any registration rights are exercised, we will generally be responsible for all registration and offering expenses other than underwriter fees, discounts and commissions.

Exhibit 10.28
 
March 1, 2018
John Hazen
RE:  Employment Agreement
Dear John:
This letter agreement (this “ Agreement ”) shall confirm the terms of your employment with Boot Barn, Inc. (the “ Company ”), commencing on or around April 2, 2018 (the “ Start Date ”).
Position/Duties :  You agree to serve the Company as its Chief Digital Office, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. You will have such duties as are consistent with your position or as assigned to you from time to time by the Company. You will perform your duties at the Company’s corporate offices in Orange County, California, subject to customary travel as reasonably required.  You may be asked to perform duties for the Company’s affiliated entities without additional compensation.  You agree to devote your full business time, attention and energies to, and perform faithfully, professionally and to the best of your abilities, the duties and responsibilities of your position.
At Will :  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, you will be employed by the Company on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without prior notice.  Similarly, and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company retains the right to change your job duties, reporting level, compensation and other terms and conditions of your employment prospectively as it deems appropriate.
Base Salary :  You will be paid an annualized base salary in the amount of Three Hundred Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($375,000.00), less applicable deductions, payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices.
Bonuses :   You also will be eligible to participate in the Company’s key bonus plan pursuant to the terms, financial targets and performance goals established by the Compensation Committee (“ Compensation Committee ”) of the Board of Directors of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.  For fiscal year 2019, you will be eligible to earn a target bonus of up to 50% of your base salary with an opportunity to receive a maximum aggregate bonus of up to 100% of your base salary, with a guaranteed  minimum bonus in the amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), less applicable deductions (subject to the last sentence of this paragraph) based on the financial performance of the Company and your achievement of certain other targets, goals or objectives to be established in the discretion of the Compensation Committee Company’s fiscal year.  To be eligible to earn and receive any bonus, you must be employed in good standing on the bonus payment date.

Equity :  On the Start Date, you will be granted equity in Boot Barn Holding’s Inc., to the value of $1.4 million (in the ratio of 75% Stock Options and 25% RSU’s), subject to vesting in five (5) equal installments on each anniversary of the grant date, and subject to and in accordance with the terms of the stock option agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) and the restricted stock unit award agreement (“ Restricted Stock Unit Agreement ”) to be entered into between you and Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.
Your option grant and restricted stock unit grant will be granted under and will be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, and the Option Agreement and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.
Benefits :  You will accrue four (4) weeks of paid vacation each year (prorated for partial years worked) with a maximum vacation accrual of six (6) weeks in accordance with the Company’s policies, after which time you will not accrue any further vacation time until your unused and accrued vacation time falls below six (6) weeks.  You also will receive paid sick leave and paid holidays in accordance with the Company’s policies. You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s broad-based benefit plans and programs that are generally offered to other similarly situated employees.  The eligibility requirements and other terms and conditions of any Company benefits shall be governed by the Company’s applicable benefit policy and plan documents, as in effect and amended from time to time.  The Company reserves the right to modify, reduce or eliminate any Company benefits at any time, in its discretion.
Expenses :  The Company shall reimburse you for all reasonable business expenses of types authorized by the Company and reasonably and necessarily incurred by you in the performance of your duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s reimbursement policies, provided that , you must submit proof of such business expenses and comply with such reasonable budget limitations and approval and reporting requirements with respect to expenses as the Company may establish from time to time.  In addition, the Company shall reimburse you for the reasonable costs incurred by you to physically move to Orange County, California, with the exception of closing costs on your current residence, provided you submit proof of such relocation expenses to the Company and provided further , such relocation expenses must be incurred by you no later than the first anniversary of the Start Date.
Employment Policies and Confidential Information :  As a condition of employment, you agree to execute and comply with the Company’s standard employment policies, standards of conduct and work rules, including as set forth in the Employee Handbook as amended from time to time, and the Company’s Confidential and Proprietary Information Agreement (“ Confidential Information Agreement ”) provided to you in connection with this Agreement.
Arbitration :  You agree that all claims arising out of or relating to your employment with the Company, including claims arising out of this Agreement, the enforceability of this arbitration provision or in connection with your separation from the Company, shall be resolved by binding arbitration in Orange County, California before the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services (“ JAMS ”).  This agreement to arbitrate does not prohibit either party from filing an application for a provisional remedy and seeking equitable or other injunctive relief to prevent actual or threatened irreparable harm in accordance with California law. The dispute will be arbitrated in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act, pursuant to the rules of JAMS Employment

2

Arbitration Rules & Procedures which may be found at http://www.jamsadr.com .  You acknowledge that you have been provided a copy of the JAMS rules.  The Company shall pay all expenses peculiar to arbitration including the arbitration administrative costs and the arbitrator’s fees in accordance with California law and the JAMS rules.  Each party shall bear his/its own attorneys’ fees and legal costs.  However, if any party prevails on a statutory claim which affords the prevailing party attorneys’ fees and/or legal costs, the arbitrator may award such reasonable attorneys’ fees and/or legal costs to the prevailing party consistent with applicable law.  The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law of California except if preempted by federal law, as applicable to the claims and defenses asserted.  This arbitration agreement will cover all matters directly or indirectly related to your recruitment, employment or termination of employment by the Company, including, but not limited to, claims involving laws against any form of discrimination or harassment, whether brought under federal or state law, claims for wages or any compensation, claims involving present and former employees, officers and directors of the Company, and claims regarding the enforceability and validity of this arbitration agreement, but excluding workers’ compensation claims, unemployment insurance claims, claims under a plan that is governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and any claims not subject to mandatory arbitration by law.  YOU UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT YOU ARE HEREBY WAIVING YOUR RIGHTS TO BRING SUCH CLAIMS TO COURT INCLUDING THE RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL.
Termination :  Consistent with the at will relationship, either you or the Company may terminate your employment relationship at any time, with or without reason and with or without prior notice, subject to the terms of this paragraph.
In the event your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by you for Good Reason,  the Company will pay you the Severance Payment (defined below), provided that you timely sign and deliver to the Company and do not revoke (if applicable) a general release of all claims against the Company and its parents, affiliates and subsidiaries in a form provided to you by the Company (the “ Release ”) and the Release becomes irrevocable by its terms within sixty (60) days after the termination date.
You shall not be entitled to the Severance Payment or any other severance, bonus or other post-termination benefits (other than as mandated by law) if the Company terminates your employment for Cause, you resign for any reason that does not constitute Good Reason, or your employment terminates due to your death or disability.  Upon the separation of your employment, however caused, (i) any position(s) you then hold with any parent, affiliate or subsidiary of the Company, including Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., shall automatically terminate and (ii) you must continue to comply with your post-termination obligations set forth in the Confidential Information Agreement.
Definitions :
“ Cause ” as used herein shall mean: (i) your refusal or failure to substantially perform the duties of your position or follow the reasonable instructions of the Company or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”); (ii) your failure to comply in any material respect with any written policies or procedures of the Company or the Board (including, but not limited to, the Company’s drug or anti-harassment policies, etc.); (iii) your

3

engagement in any act of theft, fraud, embezzlement, willful misfeasance or misconduct, falsification of Company documents, misappropriation of funds or other assets of the Company, or committing any act which is materially damaging to the goodwill, business or reputation of the Company; (iv) your breach of any of your fiduciary duties to the Company; (v) your conviction or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to any felony or crime involving moral turpitude; or (vi) your material breach of any of your obligations to the Company or the Confidential Information Agreement.
“ Good Reason ” as used herein shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without your consent: (i) any material diminution in your base salary, other than a diminution that was in conjunction with a salary reduction program for similarly-situated employees of the Company or its affiliates; (ii) any material and continuing diminution in your authority or responsibilities; or (iii) changing the geographic location at which you provide services to the Company (in Orange County) to a location more than thirty-five (35) miles from both the then existing location and your residence; provided however, that your resignation for Good Reason will be effective only if you provide written notice to the Company of any event constituting Good Reason within sixty (60) days after you become aware such event, and the Company does not cure such event within thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice, and provided further that , you terminate your employment within ninety (90) days of the date of your written notice.
“ Severance Payment ” as used herein shall mean your base salary in effect on the termination date, less applicable deductions, payable for a period of nine (9) months from the termination date, as salary continuation payments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices, the first installment of which shall be paid to you on the first regular payroll period following the sixtieth (60th) day after the termination date (which first installment will include any severance installment that would have otherwise been paid during the period following the termination date through the date of the first installment); provided that, the Release has been executed by you, delivered to the Company and become irrevocable on or before the sixtieth (60th) day after your termination date.
Conditions of Employment :  This offer of employment is conditioned upon you performing the following: (i) timely completing and submitting all appropriate documentation establishing proof of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States pursuant to federal and state immigration laws within three (3) business days of the Start Date; (ii) executing and returning the Confidential Information Agreement and the Company’s handbook acknowledgement; and (iii) if requested by the Company, consenting to and passing a background and reference check.
Successors and Assigns :  This Agreement shall not be assignable by you, provided however , your rights to payments hereunder shall, upon your death or incapacity, inure to the benefit of your personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, devisees and legatees.  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and may be assigned by the Company to any parent, subsidiary or affiliate thereof, or to a person or entity which is a successor in interest to substantially all of the business operations or assets of the Company.

4

Entire Agreement :  You confirm that no promises or statements that are contrary to the terms of this Agreement have been made to you by any Company representative.  This Agreement (along with the agreements referenced herein) contains the parties’ complete agreement regarding the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, negotiations and term sheets relating to your employment with the Company. If the Company modifies any of the terms and conditions of your employment as set forth herein, it will provide you notice of same in writing.
409A :
Compliance.  It is intended that the compensation paid or delivered pursuant to this Agreement is either paid in compliance with, or is exempt from, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and the regulations promulgated thereunder (together, “ Section 409A ”), and this Agreement shall be interpreted and administered accordingly.  However, the Company does not warrant that all amounts paid or delivered hereunder will be exempt from, or paid in compliance with, Section 409A.  You agree to bear the risk of any adverse federal, state or local tax consequences and penalty taxes which may result from payments made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and you will not seek indemnification from the Company for any such tax consequences or penalties.  You acknowledge that you have been advised to seek the advice of a tax advisor with respect to the tax consequences of all such payments, including any adverse tax consequence under Section 409A and applicable state tax law.
Amounts Payable On Account of Termination.  If and to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A, for the purposes of determining when amounts otherwise payable on account of your termination of employment under this Agreement will be paid, “terminate,” “terminated” or “termination” or words of similar import relating to your employment with the Company, as used in this Agreement, shall be construed as the date that you first incur a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if you are deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” of the Company, within the meaning of that term under Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or provision of any benefit that is considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A payable on account of a “separation of service,” such payment or benefit shall not be made or provided until the date which is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6) month period measured from the date of your “separation of service” from the Company and (ii) the date of your death, to the extent required under Section 409A.  Upon the expiration of the foregoing delay period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to the previous sentence (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to you in a lump sum, without interest, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.
Interpretative Rules.  In applying Section 409A to amounts paid pursuant to this Agreement, any right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

5

Taxable Reimbursements.  Any taxable reimbursement of business or other expenses provided for under this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year, (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made no later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
John, we look forward to working with you.  If the terms of this Agreement are acceptable to you, please sign below and return a copy to me.

 	 	Regards,	
 	 	 	
 	 	/s/ James G. Conroy	
 	 	James G. Conroy	
 	 	President and Chief Executive Officer	
 	 	 	
AGREED AND ACCEPTED :	 	 	

/s/ John Hazen	 	Date:	March 2, 2018	
John Hazen	 	 	

6

Exhibit 10.29
 
	EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT	
 
This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into on the date executed below, by and between Boot Barn, Inc., (the “ Company ”), and Michael Love (“ Executive ”) and is deemed effective on the first date of Executive's employment,  May 5 ,   2014 (the “ Effective Date ”).
 
RECITALS
 
WHEREAS,  the Company wishes to employ Executive as its Vice President of Merchandise Planning, and Executive wishes to be so employed by the Company on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
 
NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the promises and obligations set forth below and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company and Executive agree and intend to be legally bound hereby as follows:
 
AGREEMENT
 
1.             POSITION AND DUTIES .
 
(a)           Position . The Company hereby agrees to employ Executive as the Vice President of Merchandise Planning of the Company, reporting to the Company's Chief Information Officer (the “ CIO ”). Executive shall have such responsibilities and duties consistent with this position and as determined from time to time by the Company. If requested by the Company or the CIO, Executive will provide services as an officer to WW Top Investment Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Parent ”), and/or any affiliate or subsidiary of the Company without additional compensation.
 
(b)           Location . Executive shall perform his duties at the Company's corporate office located in Orange County, California subject to customary travel as reasonably required.
 
2.             BEST EFFORTS . Executive agrees to devote his full business time and best efforts to the faithful and loyal performance of his duties to the Company (except for permitted vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity). Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, provide employment, consulting or other services or advice to any other person or entity other than the Parent or an affiliate or subsidiary of the Company as directed by the Company. Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, engage or participate in any outside activity that would, or may be perceived to, conflict with the best interests of the Company.
 
3.             TERM .    This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and continue until Executive's separation of employment as set forth in Section 6.
 
4.             COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS .
 
(a)           Base Salary . The Company shall pay Executive an annualized base salary in the amount of Two Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars. ($225,000), less applicable withholdings under state and federal law (the “ Base Salary ”) in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices. Executive's performance and any salary adjustments will be subject to annual review in accordance with Company practices and in the discretion of the Company.
 
(b)           Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s bonus  (“bonus”) plan pursuant to the terms and conditions of that plan. Executive's potential target bonus compensation will be 30% of Executive's Base Salary each year, and will be based upon goals (including, without limitation, achieving revenue and EBITDA targets) established by the Company. The actual bonus amount earned will be dependent upon the achievement of a combination of Company and personal annual performance objectives established by the Company and/or set forth in the annual plan. The portion of Executive's bonus attributable towards achievement of EBITDA targets has the potential to double, based upon the Company's overall EBITDA performance. Accordingly, depending on whether

such objectives are under-or over-achieved, the actual amount payable to Executive, if any, as an annual performance bonus may be less than, equal, or greater to the target specified above. Subject to Executive's continued employment with the Company through the date on which such bonuses are paid, any bonus payable pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall be paid at the same time as bonuses are payable to other executive officers of the Company and in accordance with the provisions of the bonus plan generally applicable to the Company's executive officers in effect from time to time, but no later than 120 days following the end of the Company's fiscal year to which the bonus relates. Consistent with Company practices, Executive's first year bonus award will be prorated based on his actual start date to the end of the applicable fiscal year.
 
(c)           Guarantee Bonus . Executive shall be paid a guaranteed bonus (“guarantee bonus”) in the amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) for the fiscal plan year of 2015. The guarantee bonus is considered a portion of Executives bonus as outlined in section (b). Therefore, regardless of meeting the requirements for the bonus in the fiscal plan year of 2015, Executive will receive the guarantee bonus and in addition based on the requirements as outlined in section (b) will be eligible to earn the additional bonus up to a maximum of 30%. Such bonus shall be paid at the same time as bonuses are payable to other executive officers of the company and in accordance with the provisions of the bonus plan, but no later than 120 days following the end of the Company's fiscal year to which the bonus relates.
 
(d)           Sign-on Bonus . Executive shall be paid a one-time, sign-on bonus in the amount of Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000). This bonus is considered taxable income and is therefore subject to all legally required withholdings and deductions. The bonus will be paid on the first pay period following thirty (30) days of employment.
 
(e)            Equity .  On the Effective Date, Executive will be granted 4,000 options to purchase the common stock of WW Top Investment Corporation, at a strike price as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company. All options provided hereunder will be subject to the terms of the WW Top Investment Corporation 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and standard option agreement which will be provided to Executive, in force and as amended from time to time.
 
(f)             Paid Time Off . Executive shall be eligible to accrue 3 weeks of paid time off (“ PTO ”) (prorated to reflect partial years worked) each calendar year. Executive may carry over accrued and unused PTO to the next calendar year, provided that, Executive shall accrue no more than 4.5 weeks of PTO (the “ PTO Cap ”). If Executive reaches the PTO Cap, Executive shall not accrue any additional PTO until he uses his PTO so that the balance falls below the PTO Cap. Any PTO used for vacation shall be taken at the reasonable and mutual convenience of the Company and Executive. Any accrued and unused PTO shall be paid to Executive upon termination. In addition, Executive shall receive certain paid holidays as set forth in the employee handbook.
 
(g)            Benefits . Executive shall be eligible to participate in any Company-sponsored health and welfare benefit plans or programs of the Company in effect from time to time and available to other similarly-situated officers of the Company. The amount, eligibility and extent of the benefits shall be governed by the applicable benefit plan or program of the Company as in force and amended from time to time.
 
(h)            Relocation . Executive will be provided relocation benefits to assist in the move to California, provided they are within the Company's Travel & Expenses policy. This benefit is provided with the understanding that, if you should voluntarily leave WW Top Investment Corporation before the end of one (1) year from your initial date of employment, you will reimburse the Company for such benefits paid. The terms of the relocation package are as follows: (a) the company will pay for relocation costs for the physical move of your possessions up to, but not to exceed fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000) - the amount will be determined based on two (2) moving estimates, (b) one house hunting trip for Executive and wife, (c) final transportation flights for Executive and wife from Illinois to California, and (d) temporary housing or cash equivalent applied to rent/mortgage in California (provided Executive still owns residence

in Illinois) for up to six (6) months. Relocation benefits are to be considered taxable income; in which case it will be included as taxable income in your W2 for the taxable year in which you received the benefit and the company will not gross up your taxes proportionately. Executive is advised to confer with his personal tax counsel if there are any questions regarding the taxability of this allowance or any other payment made on behalf of you by the Company.
 
5.             EXPENSES . The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses of types authorized by the Company and reasonably and necessarily incurred or paid for by Executive in the performance of his duties, responsibilities, and authorities hereunder. Executive shall provide the Company with reasonable documentation and receipts establishing the amount and nature of such expenses. Executive shall comply with such reasonable budget limitations and approval and reporting requirements with respect to expenses as the Company may establish from time to time.
 
6.            TERMINATION. Executive and the Company may terminate this Agreement for any reason or no reason, at any time, as set forth in this Section 6. Upon termination of Executive's employment for any reason, Executive is entitled to no other payments, compensation, severance or benefits except as expressly stated in this Section 6.
 
(a)           Termination Without Cause . The Company may terminate Executive's employment without Cause (defined in Section 6(c)(ii)), other than as a result of Executive's death or disability, by providing Executive written notice. If Executive's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, the Company shall pay Executive: (i) the Accrued Obligations (defined in Section 6(c)(i)) and (ii) the Severance Payment (defined in Section 6(c)(iii)), provided that, Executive will only be entitled to receive the Severance Payment if he executes, delivers and does not revoke (if applicable) a general waiver and release of all claims against the Company, the Parent and their affiliates and subsidiaries no later than sixty (60) days after his termination date, in a form to be provided by the Company (the “ Release ”), and he complies with his continuing obligations as set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement.
 
If Executive's employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 6(a), then except as set forth in this Section 6(a), the Company shall have no further obligation to Executive or liability under this Agreement by way of compensation or otherwise.
 
(b)           Other Terminations.  If Executive's employment terminates for any reason other than as set forth in Section 6(a), including for Cause, due to his death or disability, or if Executive resigns his employment for any reason, Executive will be entitled to receive only the Accrued Obligations; he will not receive the Severance Payment or any other post-termination severance or other benefits, and the Company shall have no further obligation to Executive or liability under this Agreement by way of compensation or otherwise.
 
(c)           Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
 
(i)            “Accrued Obligations” shall mean: (1) the amount of any accrued but unpaid Base Salary, less applicable withholdings and deductions, due and owing to Executive as of the date of termination; (2) any accrued and unused paid time off, less applicable withholdings and deductions, through the date of termination and/or other vested benefit to which Executive is entitled under any Company plan or program; and (3) reimbursement of expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with this Agreement and not previously reimbursed through the date of termination.
 
(ii)          “Cause” shall mean, each by the Company:
 
(A)         Executive's refusal or failure to perform his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, to follow any instruction issued by the Company or the CEO, or to comply with any written policies or procedures of the Company (including, but not limited to, the Company's policies prohibiting discrimination and harassment, drug policy, etc.);

(B)         Executive's engagement in any act of misfeasance or nonfeasance of his assigned duties, theft, fraud, embezzlement, falsification of Company documents, misappropriation of funds or other assets of the Company or in any conduct which is damaging to the goodwill, business or reputation of the Company;
 
(C)        Executive's conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction of, or his pleading guilty or nolo contendere to any felony or crime involving moral turpitude that is damaging to the reputation of the Company; or
 
(D)        Executive's breach of any of his obligations contained in this Agreement or the Confidential Information Agreement (defined below).
 
(iii)         “ Severance Payment ” shall mean Executive's Base Salary in effect on the termination date payable for a period of six (6) months from the termination date, as salary continuation payments in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices, the first installment of which shall be made on the first regular payroll period following the sixtieth (60th) day after the termination date (and will include any Severance Payment installment that would have otherwise been paid during the period following the termination date through the date of the first Severance Payment installment); provided that Executive has executed and delivered the Release and the Release is irrevocable as of such date.
 
7.             CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND NON-SOLICITATION . As a condition of employment, Executive shall be required to execute, deliver and comply with the Company's Confidential and Proprietary Information Agreement (“ Confidential Information Agreement ”) provided to Executive contemporaneously herewith. Termination of Executive's employment with the Company, however caused, shall not affect Executive's continuing obligations under the Company's Confidential Information Agreement.
 
8.           GENERAL.
 
(a)           Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any part, clause, or condition of this Agreement is held to be partially or wholly invalid, unenforceable, or inoperative for any reason whatsoever, such invalid provision shall not affect any other provision or portion hereof, which shall continue to be effective as though such invalid, unenforceable or inoperative part, clause or condition had not been made.
 
(b)           Representation and Warranties . Executive represents and warrants that: (i) his employment with the Company does not and will not breach any agreements with or duties to any third party; (ii) he has no obligations or commitments inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or with undertaking an employment relationship with the Company; (iii) he will not enter into any agreement or engage in any activity which would conflict with this Agreement or which would otherwise materially interfere with his duties hereunder and/or the best interests of the Company, the Parent, or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof; (iv) he has had the opportunity to consult legal counsel and a tax advisor of his own choosing In regard to this Agreement, and (v) he knowingly and voluntarily has entered into this Agreement, based on his own judgment, and not on any representations, inducements or promises other than those expressly contained in this Agreement.
 
(c)            Waivers/Construction . No delay or omission by either party hereto in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall impair such right, power or privilege, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

(d)           Withholding . All compensation (including bonuses and severance, if applicable) payable by the Company to Executive hereunder shall be reduced prior to the delivery of such payment to Executive by an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable federal, state, local or other tax withholding requirements.
 
(e)           Successors and Assigns; Assignment .  Executive shall not assign this Agreement and any attempt by his to do so will be deemed null and void. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and may be assigned by the Company to the Parent or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, or to a person or entity which is a successor in interest to substantially all of the business operations or assets of the Company.
 
(f)             Entire Agreement; No Oral Modification . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to Executive's employment with the Company, and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings relating to Executive's employment with the Company. This Agreement cannot be amended or modified except pursuant to a written instrument signed by Executive and the CEO.
 
(g)            Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.
 
(h)            Section Headings . The section and subsection heading of this Agreement are included for purposes of convenience only, and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of any of its provisions.
 
(i)             Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by facsimile or pdf signature and in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
9.            409A . It is intended that compensation paid   or delivered to Executive pursuant to this Agreement is either paid in compliance with, or is exempt from, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”), and this Agreement shall be interpreted and administered accordingly. However, the Company does not warrant to Executive that all amounts paid or delivered to his will be exempt from, or paid in compliance with, Section 409A, and Executive should seek the advice of a tax advisor. If and to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A, for the purposes of determining when amounts otherwise payable on account of Executive's termination of employment under this Agreement will be paid, “terminate”, “terminated” or “termination” or words of similar import relating to Executive's employment with the Company, as used in this Agreement, shall be construed as the date that Executive first incurs a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A. In addition, any right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto have caused this Employment Agreement to be duly executed as of the date and year written below.

 	 	BOOT BARN, INC.	
 	 	 	 	 	
Dated:	4/8/14	 	By:	/s/ James G. Conroy	
 	 	 	 	James G. Conroy	
 	 	 	 	Chief Executive Officer	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	EXECUTIVE	

Dated:	4/2/14	 	By:	/s/ Michael A. Love	
 	 	 	Michael A. Love	

Exhibit 10.29.1
 
Boot Barn, Inc.
15345 Barranca Parkway
Irvine, CA 92618		

April 14, 2017	CONFIDENTIAL	

Mike Love
4 Centaurus Way
Coto De Caza, CA 92679

RE: Acknowledgement of Promotion
 
Dear Mike, 
 
This letter will confirm your new role and responsibilities as SVP, Marketing and Merchandise Planning . You will now report to Jim Conroy – Chief Executive Officer. We look forward to your continued contributions to the team and the organization. The conditions of this position are as follows:
 
Your transition date is April 01, 2017.
 
Your bi-weekly pay rate will now be $10,192.31 (which would equate to $265,000.00, if annualized), less legally required withholdings and deductions; paid on a biweekly payroll schedule which is every other Friday. Your position will remain exempt and will be paid in accordance with all state and federal laws.
 
In addition, please review the changes regarding company benefits and eligibility:
 
	·		Health & Wellness : eligibility will not change, unless such benefits are changed or modified by the Company in the future.	
	·		401k : eligibility will not change, unless such benefits are changed or modified by the Company in the future	
	·		Benefit Time Off: Due to the Company’s Benefit Time Off policy based on tenure and level of position which equates and escalates during length of service, your current benefits are:	
	o		Sick Days: 3 (three) days are awarded annually on the first pay period of the fiscal year.	
	o		Vacation: 4 (four) weeks	
	o		Holidays: 7 (seven) days which are pre-determined and can be found on the company’s internal website	
	·		Merit: Your salary and performance may be reviewed annually, subject to the current Company practices and may be prorated accordingly in any year in which was a partial year of employment, your position and/or compensation was changed.	
	·		Corporate Bonus : You will continue to be eligible to participate in the Company’s bonus (“bonus”) plan pursuant to the terms and conditions of that plan. The potential target bonus compensation will be 40% of your base compensable earnings (for the applicable year), with an opportunity to receive a maximum aggregate bonus of up to 80% of your base compensable earnings. The actual bonus amount earned will be dependent upon the achievement of a combination of Company and personal annual performance objectives (including, without limitation, the achievement of the Company’s EBIT and personal objectives as set out by your supervisor / Department Head and/or set forth in the annual plan). Accordingly, depending on whether such objectives are under-or over-achieved, the actual amount payable to you, if any, as an annual performance bonus may be less than, equal, or greater to the target specified above. To be eligible to receive any bonus under this Company’s plan, you must be employed in good standing on the applicable bonus payment date.	

Boot Barn, Inc.
15345 Barranca Parkway
Irvine, CA 92618		
 
Mike Love
Page 2
April 14, 2017

To the fullest extent allowed by law, any controversy, claim, or dispute between you and Boot Barn, Inc. (“Boot Barn” or “Company”) the Company (and/or any of its affiliates, owners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, volunteers or agents) relating to or arising out of your employment or the cessation of that employment will be submitted to a final and binding arbitration before a neutral arbitrator, in the county in which you last worked, in accordance with the JAMS Employment Arbitration Rules and Procedures, including any subsequent modifications or amendments to such Rules, as the exclusive remedy for such controversy, claim, or dispute.  (A copy of the most current JAMS Rules may be obtained from the Company’s Human Resources Department or by visiting http://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment-arbitration/ .) In any such arbitration, the parties may conduct discovery to the same extent as would be permitted in a court of law.  The arbitrator will issue a written decision stating the essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based, and will have full authority to award all remedies that would have been available in court.  The Company will pay all arbitrators’ fees and any arbitration administration expenses. Any award may be entered as a judgment or an order in any court of competent jurisdiction.
 
This Agreement covers all employment-related claims including, but not limited to, claims of unpaid wages, breach of contract, torts, violation of public policy, discrimination, harassment, or any other employment-related claim under state or federal statues or laws relating to an employee’s relationship with his/her employer, regardless of whether such dispute is initiated by you or the Company. This Agreement also covers any and all claims that the company may have against you, including claims for misappropriation of Company property, disclosure of proprietary information or trade secrets, gross negligence, or any other claim for alleged wrongful conduct. Both you and the Company waive the right to pursue claims in arbitration on a class basis, as a collective action, or as a representative action. This Agreement is governed by and enforceable under the Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”).
 
Nothing in this Agreement affects your right to file an administrative charge with the National Labor Relations Board, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any state agency charged with enforcement of fair employment practice laws.  You may present such claims to the appropriate agency, but you and the Company agree to arbitrate under this Agreement all rights to any form of recovery or relief, including monetary or other damages.
 
Your employment is “at will”. This means that your employment with Boot Barn is for an unspecified term and is to continue only at the mutual consent of both Boot Barn and yourself.  Consequently, either Boot Barn or you may terminate the employment relationship at will, at any time, with or without cause, and with or without advanced notice.  This at will aspect of your employment, may not be modified, amended or rescinded except by an individual written agreement signed by both you and the Chief Executive Officer, along with the head of Human Resources. 
 
This letter and the terms and conditions of employment contained herein supersede and replace any prior understandings or discussions between you and Boot Barn regarding your employment.  This letter sets forth the complete integrated agreement between you and Boot Barn regarding your employment, and may only be amended by a document in writing signed by you, the employee and the Chief Executive Officer, along with the head of Human Resources.
 
This letter may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument and shall be deemed to have been duly given when either (i) personally delivered (ii) delivered via facsimile or e-mail with confirmed receipt or (iii) three (3) days after being mailed by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid.
 
If you have any questions, please reach out to your Talent Acquisition Representative.  Otherwise, signify your acceptance of this offer by signing this letter and returning it to Human Resources.

Boot Barn, Inc.
15345 Barranca Parkway
Irvine, CA 92618		
 
Mike Love
Page 3
April 14, 2017

 	 	
Sincere Regards,	 	

 	 	
/s/ Amy Morita__________
Amy Morita	 	
Talent Acquisition Manager	 	
 	 	
cc: Personnel file	 	

Boot Barn, INC reserves the right at any time, with or without notice, to alter or change job responsibilities, compensation, bonus structure, reassign or transfer job position or assign additional job responsibilities within your general skill set or capabilities.

I HEREBY ACCEPT BOOT BARN INC’S OFFER OF EMPLOYMENT UPON THE TERM AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH ABOVE.

Dated	April 14, 2017	 	Signature	/s/ Michael A. Love	
 	 	 	 	Michael A. Love	

Exhibit 10.29.2
 
May 22, 2019
Mike Love
RE:  Employment Agreement
Dear Mike:
This letter agreement (this “ Agreement ”) shall confirm the terms of your employment promotion with Boot Barn, Inc. (the “ Company ”), which became effective on or around June 12, 2018 (the “ Start Date ”).
Position/Duties :  You agree to serve the Senior Vice President, Retail, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. You will have such duties as are consistent with your position or as assigned to you from time to time by the Company. You will perform your duties at the Company’s corporate offices in Orange County, California, subject to customary travel as reasonably required.  You may be asked to perform duties for the Company’s affiliated entities without additional compensation.  You agree to devote your full business time, attention and energies to, and perform faithfully, professionally and to the best of your abilities, the duties and responsibilities of your position.
At Will :  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, you will be employed by the Company on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without prior notice.  Similarly, and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company retains the right to change your job duties, reporting level, compensation and other terms and conditions of your employment prospectively as it deems appropriate.
Base Salary :  You will be paid an annualized base salary in the amount of Two Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars ($280,000.00), less applicable deductions, payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices.
Bonuses :   You also will be eligible to participate in the Company’s key bonus plan pursuant to the terms, financial targets and performance goals established by the Compensation Committee (“ Compensation Committee ”) of the Board of Directors of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.  For fiscal year 2019, you will be eligible to earn a target bonus of up to 40% of your base salary with an opportunity to receive a maximum aggregate bonus of up to 80% of your base salary, less applicable deductions (subject to the last sentence of this paragraph) based on the financial performance of the Company and your achievement of certain other targets, goals or objectives to be established in the discretion of the Compensation Committee Company’s fiscal year.  To be eligible to earn and receive any bonus, you must be employed in good standing on the bonus payment date.

Equity :  Remains unchanged.
Benefits :  Remains unchanged.
Expenses :  The Company shall reimburse you for all reasonable business expenses of types authorized by the Company and reasonably and necessarily incurred by you in the performance of your duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s reimbursement policies, provided that , you must submit proof of such business expenses and comply with such reasonable budget limitations and approval and reporting requirements with respect to expenses as the Company may establish from time to time.  In addition, the Company shall reimburse you for the reasonable costs incurred by you to physically move to Orange County, California, with the exception of closing costs on your current residence, provided you submit proof of such relocation expenses to the Company and provided further , such relocation expenses must be incurred by you no later than the first anniversary of the Start Date.
Employment Policies and Confidential Information :  As a condition of employment, you agree to execute and comply with the Company’s standard employment policies, standards of conduct and work rules, including as set forth in the Employee Handbook as amended from time to time, and the Company’s Confidential and Proprietary Information Agreement (“ Confidential Information Agreement ”) provided to you in connection with this Agreement.
Arbitration :  You agree that all claims arising out of or relating to your employment with the Company, including claims arising out of this Agreement, the enforceability of this arbitration provision or in connection with your separation from the Company, shall be resolved by binding arbitration in Orange County, California before the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services (“ JAMS ”).  This agreement to arbitrate does not prohibit either party from filing an application for a provisional remedy and seeking equitable or other injunctive relief to prevent actual or threatened irreparable harm in accordance with California law. The dispute will be arbitrated in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act, pursuant to the rules of JAMS Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures which may be found at http://www.jamsadr.com .  You acknowledge that you have been provided a copy of the JAMS rules.  The Company shall pay all expenses peculiar to arbitration including the arbitration administrative costs and the arbitrator’s fees in accordance with California law and the JAMS rules.  Each party shall bear his/its own attorneys’ fees and legal costs.  However, if any party prevails on a statutory claim which affords the prevailing party attorneys’ fees and/or legal costs, the arbitrator may award such reasonable attorneys’ fees and/or legal costs to the prevailing party consistent with applicable law.  The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law of California except if preempted by federal law, as applicable to the claims and defenses asserted.  This arbitration agreement will cover all matters directly or indirectly related to your recruitment, employment or termination of employment by the Company, including, but not limited to, claims involving laws against any form of discrimination or harassment, whether brought under federal or state law, claims for wages or any compensation, claims involving present and former employees, officers and directors of the Company, and claims regarding the enforceability and validity of this arbitration agreement, but excluding workers’ compensation claims, unemployment insurance claims, claims under a plan that is governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and any claims not subject to mandatory arbitration by law.  YOU UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT YOU

2

ARE HEREBY WAIVING YOUR RIGHTS TO BRING SUCH CLAIMS TO COURT INCLUDING THE RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL.
Termination :  Consistent with the at will relationship, either you or the Company may terminate your employment relationship at any time, with or without reason and with or without prior notice, subject to the terms of this paragraph.
In the event your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by you for Good Reason,  the Company will pay you the Severance Payment (defined below), provided that you timely sign and deliver to the Company and do not revoke (if applicable) a general release of all claims against the Company and its parents, affiliates and subsidiaries in a form provided to you by the Company (the “ Release ”) and the Release becomes irrevocable by its terms within sixty (60) days after the termination date.
You shall not be entitled to the Severance Payment or any other severance, bonus or other post-termination benefits (other than as mandated by law) if the Company terminates your employment for Cause, you resign for any reason that does not constitute Good Reason, or your employment terminates due to your death or disability.  Upon the separation of your employment, however caused, (i) any position(s) you then hold with any parent, affiliate or subsidiary of the Company, including Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., shall automatically terminate and (ii) you must continue to comply with your post-termination obligations set forth in the Confidential Information Agreement.
Definitions :
“ Cause ” as used herein shall mean: (i) your refusal or failure to substantially perform the duties of your position or follow the reasonable instructions of the Company or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”); (ii) your failure to comply in any material respect with any written policies or procedures of the Company or the Board (including, but not limited to, the Company’s drug or anti-harassment policies, etc.); (iii) your engagement in any act of theft, fraud, embezzlement, willful misfeasance or misconduct, falsification of Company documents, misappropriation of funds or other assets of the Company, or committing any act which is materially damaging to the goodwill, business or reputation of the Company; (iv) your breach of any of your fiduciary duties to the Company; (v) your conviction or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to any felony or crime involving moral turpitude; or (vi) your material breach of any of your obligations to the Company or the Confidential Information Agreement.
“ Good Reason ” as used herein shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without your consent: (i) any material diminution in your base salary, other than a diminution that was in conjunction with a salary reduction program for similarly-situated employees of the Company or its affiliates; (ii) any material and continuing diminution in your authority or responsibilities; or (iii) changing the geographic location at which you provide services to the Company (in Orange County) to a location more than thirty-five (35) miles from both the then existing location and your residence; provided however, that your resignation for Good Reason will be effective only if you provide written notice to the Company of any event constituting Good Reason within sixty (60) days after you

3

become aware such event, and the Company does not cure such event within thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice, and provided further that , you terminate your employment within ninety (90) days of the date of your written notice.
“ Severance Payment ” as used herein shall mean your base salary in effect on the termination date, less applicable deductions, payable for a period of six (6) months from the termination date, as salary continuation payments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices, the first installment of which shall be paid to you on the first regular payroll period following the sixtieth (60th) day after the termination date (which first installment will include any severance installment that would have otherwise been paid during the period following the termination date through the date of the first installment); provided that, the Release has been executed by you, delivered to the Company and become irrevocable on or before the sixtieth (60th) day after your termination date.
Conditions of Employment :  This offer of employment is conditioned upon you performing the following: (i) timely completing and submitting all appropriate documentation establishing proof of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States pursuant to federal and state immigration laws within three (3) business days of the Start Date; (ii) executing and returning the Confidential Information Agreement and the Company’s handbook acknowledgement; and (iii) if requested by the Company, consenting to and passing a background and reference check.
Successors and Assigns :  This Agreement shall not be assignable by you, provided however , your rights to payments hereunder shall, upon your death or incapacity, inure to the benefit of your personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, devisees and legatees.  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and may be assigned by the Company to any parent, subsidiary or affiliate thereof, or to a person or entity which is a successor in interest to substantially all of the business operations or assets of the Company.
Entire Agreement :  You confirm that no promises or statements that are contrary to the terms of this Agreement have been made to you by any Company representative.  This Agreement (along with the agreements referenced herein) contains the parties’ complete agreement regarding the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, negotiations and term sheets relating to your employment with the Company. If the Company modifies any of the terms and conditions of your employment as set forth herein, it will provide you notice of same in writing.
409A :
Compliance.  It is intended that the compensation paid or delivered pursuant to this Agreement is either paid in compliance with, or is exempt from, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and the regulations promulgated thereunder (together, “ Section 409A ”), and this Agreement shall be interpreted and administered accordingly.  However, the Company does not warrant that all amounts paid or delivered hereunder will be exempt from, or paid in compliance with, Section 409A.  You agree to bear the risk of any adverse federal, state or local tax consequences and penalty taxes which may result

4

from payments made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and you will not seek indemnification from the Company for any such tax consequences or penalties.  You acknowledge that you have been advised to seek the advice of a tax advisor with respect to the tax consequences of all such payments, including any adverse tax consequence under Section 409A and applicable state tax law.
Amounts Payable On Account of Termination.  If and to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A, for the purposes of determining when amounts otherwise payable on account of your termination of employment under this Agreement will be paid, “terminate,” “terminated” or “termination” or words of similar import relating to your employment with the Company, as used in this Agreement, shall be construed as the date that you first incur a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if you are deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” of the Company, within the meaning of that term under Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or provision of any benefit that is considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A payable on account of a “separation of service,” such payment or benefit shall not be made or provided until the date which is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6) month period measured from the date of your “separation of service” from the Company and (ii) the date of your death, to the extent required under Section 409A.  Upon the expiration of the foregoing delay period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to the previous sentence (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to you in a lump sum, without interest, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.
Interpretative Rules.  In applying Section 409A to amounts paid pursuant to this Agreement, any right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.
Taxable Reimbursements.  Any taxable reimbursement of business or other expenses provided for under this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year, (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made no later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
This Agreement and the terms and conditions of employment contained herein supersede and replace any prior understandings or discussions between you and Boot Barn regarding your employment; provided that, the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement between you and Boot Barn, dated as of May 5, 2014 (the “Employment Agreement”) shall remain in full force and effect, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, Section 6 of the Employment Agreement is amended and superseded by this Agreement.  This Agreement and the Employment Agreement set forth the complete integrated agreement between you and Boot Barn regarding your employment, and may only be amended

5

by a document in writing signed by you, the employee and the Chief Executive Officer, along with the Head of Human Resources.
 
If the terms of this Agreement are acceptable to you, please sign below and return a copy to me.

 	 	Regards,	
 	 	 	
 	 	/s/ James G. Conroy	
 	 	James G. Conroy	
 	 	President and Chief Executive Officer	
 	 	 	
AGREED AND ACCEPTED :	 	 	

/s/ Michael A. Love	 	Date:	May 22, 2019	
Michael A. Love	 	 	

6

Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.

Legal Name	    	Jurisdiction of Organization
or Incorporation	
Boot Barn, Inc.	 	Delaware	
   RCC Western Stores, Inc.	 	South Dakota	
   Baskins Acquisition Holdings, LLC	 	Delaware	
   Boot Barn International (Hong Kong) Limited	 	Hong Kong	
   Sheplers Holding Corporation	 	Delaware	
       Sheplers, Inc.	 	Kansas	

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-199745 and No. 333-214284 on Form S-8 and No. 333-221728 on Form S-3 of our reports dated May 23, 2019, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”), and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. for the year ended March 30, 2019.
 
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Costa Mesa, California
May 23, 2019

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, James G. Conroy, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10‑K of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 23, 2019	/s/ James G. Conroy	
 	James G. Conroy	
 	President and Chief Executive Officer	
 	(Principal Executive Officer)	

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Gregory V. Hackman, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10‑K of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  May 23, 2019	/s/ Gregory V. Hackman	
 	Gregory V. Hackman	
 	Chief Financial Officer and Secretary	
 	(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the annual report of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., (the “Company”) on Form 10‑K for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, James G. Conroy, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, based on my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:  May 23, 2019	/s/ James G. Conroy	
 	James G. Conroy	
 	President and Chief Executive Officer	
 	(Principal Executive Officer)	
 
This certification accompanies the Report to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10‑K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the annual report of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., (the “Company”) on Form 10‑K for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Gregory V. Hackman, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the Company, certify, based on my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:  May 23,  2019	/s/ Gregory V. Hackman	
 	Gregory V. Hackman	
 	Chief Financial Officer and Secretary	
 	(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	
 
This certification accompanies the Report to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10‑K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.